Digital PDFs

AA-H435F-TC

January 1989

344 pages

Original

7.2MB

Document:	RSX-11M-PLUS Mini-Reference
Order Number:	AA-H435F-TC
Revision:	0
Pages:	344
Original Filename:	http://bitsavers.org/pdf/dec/pdp11/rsx11m_plus/RSX11Mplus_V4.x/AA-H435F-TC_RSX-11M_PLUS_V4.2_Mini-Reference_Jan89.pdf

OCR Text

RSX - 11 M-PLUS
Mini-Reference
Order No. AV-H435F-TC

RSX - 11M-PLUS
Mini-Reference
Order Number. AV-H435F-TC

RSX-ll M-PLUS Version 4.2

Digital Equipment Corporation

Maynard, Massachusetts

First Printing, September 1977
Revised, April 1982
Revised, April 1983
Revised, July 1985
R~vised, .September 1987
Revised, January 1989
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should
not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital
Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear
in this document.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be
used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license.
No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment
that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies.
© Digital Equipment Corporation 1977, 1982, 1983, 1985, 1987, 1989.

All Rights Reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.
The postpaid Reader's Comments forms at the end of this document request your
critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation.

The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:

DEC
DEC/CMS
DEC/MMS
DECnet
DECsystem-lO
DECSYSTEM-20
DECUS
DECwriter

DIBOL
EduSystem
lAS
MASSBUS
PDP
PDT
RSTS
RSX

UNIBUS

VAX
VAXcluster
VMS
VT

~U~UIl~DTM
ZK5077

Contents
Preface

vii

Conventions ............................................... viii

Online Help Files
Online Help Files ............................................. 3

Command Line Interpreters
Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands ......................... 7
Digital Command Language (DCL) ............................... 21

utilities
BAD Command Summary ...................................... 67

iii

BRU Command Summary ...................................... 69
CMP Command Summary ...................................... 74
DMP Command Summary ...................................... 77
DSCCommand Summary ...................................... 80
Line Text Editor (EDI) Commands ................................ 82
Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands .......................... 89
FLX Command Summary ..................................... 102
FMT Command Summary ..................................... 105
LBR Command Summary ..................................... 107
P AT Command Summary ..................................... 109
PIP Command Summary ...................................... 110
Queue Manager Command Summary ............................ 117
SLP Command Summary ..................................... 121
VFY Command Summary ..................................... 123
ZAP Command Summary ..................................... 125

Programming Tools
On-Line Debugging Tool (ODT) Commands ....................... 131
Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options ......................... 139

Executive Directive Summary
Executive Directive Summary .................................. 153
Directive Error Codes ........................................ 247
I/O Error Codes ............................................ 249

System Management Tools
Error Logging System ........................................ 257
Reconfiguration Services ...................................... 263
Resource Accounting ......................................... 266
I/O Exerciser .............................................. 268
Shadow Recording .......................................... 273
Queue Manager ............................................. 274
Console Logging ............................................ 276
System User File Directories ................................... 277

RMS-ll
RMSBCK Utility Summary ..................................... 281
RMSCNV Utility Summary .................................... 283
RMSDES Utility Summary ..................................... 286
RMSDSP Utility Summary ..................................... 293
RMSIFL Utility Summary ..................................... 294
RMSRST Utility Summary ..................................... 296
RMS-11 Completion Codes and Fatal Error Codes ................... 298

Reference Information
ASCII Character Set ......................................... 309
Radix-50 Conversion Table .................................... 311
Octal/Decimal Conversion Table ................................ 313
Standard File Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Tables
1
2
3
4
5

System Feature Symbols ........................... 173
Task Feature Symbols ............................. 234
Queue Manager Command Summary ................. 274
Summary of Console Logging Commands .............. 276
System User File Directories ........................ 277

Preface

Manual Objectives
This manual is a quick reference guide to the RSX-IIM-PLUS operating
system. It lists the commands and procedures for operating the most
commonly used parts of the system: command line interpreters
(eLls), utilities, and some tools for program development and system
management.

Intended Audience
This manual is intended for users who are already familiar with the
operating system. It lists information that is explained in other manuals in
the RSX-IIM-PLUS documentation set.

vii

CONVENTIONS
The following conventions are used in this manual:
Convention

Meaning

A right angle bracket is the default prompt
for the Monitor Console Routine (MCR),
which is one of the command interfaces
used on RSX-IIM-PLUS operating
systems. All systems include MCR.

A dollar sign followed by a space is the
default prompt of the Digital Command
Language (DCL), which is one of the
command interfaces used on
RSX-IIM-PLUS operating systems. Many
systems include DCL.

MCR>

This is the explicit prompt of the Monitor
Console Routine (MCR).

DCL>

This is the explicit prompt of the Digital
Command Language (DCL).

xxx>

Three characters followed by a right angle
bracket indicate the explicit prompt for a
task, utility, or program on the system.

UPPERCASE

Uppercase letters in a command line
indicate letters that must be entered as
they are shown. For example, utility
switches must always be entered as they
are shown in format specifications.

command abbreviations

Where short forms of commands are
allowed, the shortest form acceptable
is represented by uppercase letters.
The following example shows the
minimum abbreviation allowed for the
DCL command DIRECTORY:
$ DrR

viii

Conventions

Convention

Meaning

lowercase

Any command in lowercase must be
substituted for. Usually the lowercase
word, such as filespec, identifies the kind
of substitution expected.

/keyword,
/ qualifier,
or
/switch

A command element preceded by a slash
(/) is an MCR keyword; a DCL qualifier;
or a task, utility, or program switch.
Keywords, qualifiers, and switches alter
the action of the command they follow.

parameter

Required command fields are generally
called parameters. The most common
parameters are file specifications.

[option]

Brackets indicate optional entries in a
command line or a file specification. If
the brackets include syntactical elements,
such as periods (.) or slashes (/), those
elements are required for the field. If
the field appears in lowercase, you are
to substitute a valid command element
if you include the field. Note that when
an option is entered, the brackets are not
included in the command line.

[, ... ]

Brackets around a comma and an ellipsis
indicate that you can use a series of
optional elements separated by commas.
For example, (argument[, ... ]) means
that you can specify a series of optional
arguments by enclosing the arguments in
parentheses and by separating them with
commas.

Conventions

Convention

Meaning

:argument

Some parameters and qualifiers can be
altered by the inclusion of arguments
preceded by a colon. An argument
can be either numerical (COPIES:3) or
alphabetical (NAME:QIX). In DCL, the
equal sign (=) can be substituted for the
colon to introduce arguments. COPIES=3
and COPIES:3 are the same.

()

Parentheses are used to enclose more than
one argument in a command line. For
example:
SET PROT = (S:RWED.O:RWED)

Commas are used as separators for
command line parameters and to indicate
positional entries on a command line.
Positional entries are those elements that
must be in a certain place in the command
line. Although you might omit elements
that come before the desired element, the
commas that separate them must still be
included.

Conventions

Convention

Meaning

[g,m]
[directory]

The convention [g,m] signifies a User
Identification Code (UIC). The g is a
group number and the m is a member
number. The UIC identifies a user and is
used mainly for controlling access to files
and privileged system functions.
This may also signify a User File Directory
(UFD), commonly called a directory. A
directory is the location of files.
Other notations for directories are:
[ggg,mmm], [gggmmm], [ufd], [name],
and [directory].
The convention [directory] signifies a
directory. Most directories have 1- to
9-character names, but some are in the
same [g,m] form as the UIC.
Where a UIC, UFD, or directory is
required, only one set of brackets is
shown (for example, [g,m]). Where the
UIC, UFO, or directory is optional, two
sets of brackets are shown (for example,
[[g,m]]).

filespec

A full file specification includes device,
directory, file name, file type, and version
number, as shown in the following
example:
DL2: [46.63] INDIRECT. TXT;3

Full file specifications are rarely needed.
If you do not provide a version number,
the highest numbered version is used. If
you do not provide a directory, the default
directory is used. Some system functions
default to particular file types. Many
commands accept a wildcard character
(*) in place of the file name, file type, or
version number. Some commands accept
a file specification with a DECnet node
name.

Conventions

Convention

Meaning

A period in a file specification separates
the file name and file type. When the file
type is not specified, the period may be
omitted from the file specification.
A semicolon in a file specification
separates the file type from the file
version. If the version is not specified,
the semicolon may be omitted from the
file specification.
A vertical ellipsis shows where elements
of command input or statements in an
example or figure have been omitted
because they are irrelevant to the point
being discussed.
KEY NAME

This typeface denotes one of the keys on
the terminal keyboard, for example, the
RETURN key.

black ink

In examples, what the system displays is
printed in black.
In interactive examples, what the user
types is printed in red. System responses
appear in black.
A symbol with a 1- to 3-character
abbreviation, such as Ii!! or ~, indicates
that you press a key on the terminal. For
example, ~ indicates the RETURN key,
[E indicates the LINE FEED key, and !OED
indicates the DELETE key.
The symbol EcrRJ:ZW means that you are to
press the key marked CTRL while pressing
another key. Thus, ccrm:zzJ indicates that
you are to press the CTRL key and the z
key together in this fashion. ~ is
echoed on some terminals as "Z. However,
not all control characters echo.

xii

Online Help Files

ONLINE HELP FILES
Extensive help files for the utilities, the Monitor Console Routine
(MCR), the Digital Command Language (DCL), and many other system
components are available to you at your terminal.
For help in logging in to the system, type HELP HELLO (from MCR) or
HELP LOGIN (from DCL or MCR). You will need a User Identification
Code (UIC) and password to log in.
RSX-IIM-PLUS systems have two major command line interpreters or
CLls: MCR and DCL. Once you log in, your terminal is set to either MCR
or DCL. All terminals are set to MCR prior to logging in.
From either an MCR terminal or a DCL terminal, type HELP for
information on commands, or type HELP MORE for information on
tasks and utilities.
The general form of the HELP command is as follows:
>HELP[/keyword] [/qualifier] [/qualifier 2] [ ... /qualifier]
$ HELP[/qualifier] [/qualifier] [/qualifier 2] [ ... /qualifier]
>HELP % [/qualifier] [/qualifier 2] [ ... /qualifier]

DCL users can also obtain help while entering a command by typing a
question mark (?) in response to any DCL prompt. Once the help text has
been printed on the terminal, the prompt returns and you can continue to
enter the command.
Normally, HELP text is displayed on your screen, but the
jOUT[PUT]:filespec qualifier permits you to name a file to which the
HELP text is to be written from a logged-in terminal.
If you do not include the JeLl qualifier to the HELP command, the default
is the name of the CLI to which your terminal is set.

Except for jOUT[PUT], each of the qualifiers in the following examples
has the effect of specifying a file where help can be found. The MCR form
of these qualifiers is limited to the first three characters. The DCL form
includes the entire qualifier name.

Online Help Files

Examples
>HELP/LOC[AL] [param[s]]

or
>HELP % [param[s]]

Specifies that the HELP text is in the file HELP .HLP in the default
directory on the default volume. HELP fLOC and HELP % are the same.
>HELP /GRO [UP] [param [s] ]

Specifies that the HELP test is in the file HELP .HLP in the directory
[current group,I] on the default volume.
>HELP/CLI:cliname [param[s]]

Specifies that the HELP text begins in the file LB:[I,2]cliname.HLP.
This qualifier is for installations with alternate CLls for which HELP is
provided.
>HELP/MCR [param[s]]

Specifies that the HELP text begins in the file LB:[l,2]MCR.HLP. This is
the default for terminals set to MCR.
>HELP/DCL [param[s]]

Specifies that the HELP text begins in the file LB:[l,2]DCL.HLP. This is
the default for terminals set to DCL.
>HELP/FIL[E] :filespec [param[s]]

Specifies any file where HELP text is located. If you do not give a
complete file specification, the default is LB:[l,2]filename.HLP.
>HELP/xxx [param[s]]

Specifies that the HELP text is located in the file LB:[l,2]xxx.HLP, where
xxx is the name of the CLI (equivalent to HELP fCLI:cliname).

Command Line Interpreters

MONITOR CONSOLE ROUTINE (MCR) COMMANDS
In this section, (P) indicates that a command format or keyword is
privileged.
ABORT

ABO taskname [/keyword]

Keywords

jPMD

jTERM=ttnn:

Terminates execution of the specified task from the issuing terminal or
from another terminal if the /TERM keyword is used by a privileged
user. You can request a Postmortem Dump (PMD) with the /PMD
keyword.
ACTIVE

ACT [/keyword]

Keywords

JALL

jTERM=ttnn:

Displays on the terminal all tasks issued from that terminal, all tasks
active in the system, or all tasks issued from a specified terminal.
ACTIVE TASK LIST

ATL [taskname]

Displays the name and status of all active tasks in the system or the
status of the particular task specified.
ALLOCATE

ALL dd[nn:][=loglcalnamenn:][/keyword]

Keywords
jTERM=term

jTYPE=dev

Establishes the specified device as the user's private device on
multiuser protection systems. Privileged users can allocate a device to
any terminal, using the /TERM keyword, but nonprivileged users can
only allocate devices to their own terminals.
Specifying dev allocates the first logical unit of the dd-type device.
(for example, OM! :). Specifying the /TYPE keyword allocates
the first available dev-type device (for example, RK07). Specifying
=logicalnamenn: creates a logical device name and assigns it to the
physical device being allocated.

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

ALLOCATE CHECKPOINT SPACE (P)

ACS ddnn:/BLKS=n.

Allocates or discontinues a checkpoint file on disk for systems that
support the dynamic allocation of checkpoint space. The /BLKS
keyword specifies the number of blocks to be allocated to the
checkpoint file. Use n=O to discontinue use of a checkpoint file.
ALTER

ALT taskname[/keyword] (P)

Keywords

IPRI=static and running priority
IRPRI=running priority only
ITERM=ttnn: = task priority from a specified terminal

Changes the static or running priority of an installed task.
ANCILLARY CONTROL DRIVER

ACD function

Functions (P)

INSTALL filename AS NUMBER n [ASSIGN logicalname]
REMOVE NUMBER [n] [logicalname]

Loads and unloads character translation routines, so terminals that
conform to other standards can use the Digital Multinational Character
Set (MCS).
Functions (NP)

LINK ttnn: TO NUMBER [n] [logicalname]
UNLINK ttnn:

Links or unlinks the specified routine to the specified terminal.
ASSIGN

ASN equlvalencename=loglcalname [/keyword]
ASN =[Ioglcalname] [jkeyword]
ASN [Ioglcalname] [/keyword]

Keywords

Comments

I ALL (P)

Synonym for IGLOBAL

IFINAL (P)

IGLOBAL(P)
IGROUP (P)
ILOGIN (P)

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

/SYSTEM (P)
/TERM=ttnn: (P)

Assigns, deletes, or displays individual, session local, session login,
group, system, and global logical-name assignments if extended
logical name support was selected during system generation or logical
device assignments. The first format shown assigns a logical name.
The second (with no equivalencename parameter) deletes a logical
name. The third [with no equal sign (=)] displays logical-name
assignments. In displaying assignments, you can substitute the
percent sign wildcard character (%) for one character in the name
and the asterisk (.) for zero or more characters. The display lists
the name of the logical name table as well as the assignment. If you
use quotation marks (") around the logical name, the ASN command
interprets them literally.
BLOCK

BlK [taskname U/TERM=tfnn:]

Declares that the specified task is ineligible to execute or to compete
for memory resources. Nonprivileged users can block only tasks
running from their own terminals. Privileged users can block any
task. However, Ancillary Control Processor (ACP) tasks, Command
Line Interpreter (eLI) tasks, tasks being aborted, and halted tasks
cannot be blocked.
BOOT

BOO [filespec] (P)

Bootstraps a system that exists as a task image file on a Files-II
volume.
BREAKPOINT TO XDT (P)

BRK

Passes control to the Executive Debugging Tool (XDT).
BROADCAST

BRO tfnn:message
BRO @fllespec
BRO All:message (P)
BRO lOG:message (P)
BRO user-name message
(Requires Resource Accounting)

Displays the specified message at one terminal for a nonprivileged
user or at a number of terminals for a privileged user.

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

BYE [jkeyword]
Keyword

Logs the user out of a system, optionally specifying that the fullduplex terminal driver not hang up a remote line or that DECnet not
break the connection.
CANCEL

CAN taskname

Cancels time-based initiation of a task. Privileged users can cancel any
task, but nonprivileged users can cancel only tasks that they initiated.
COMMON BLOCK DIRECTORY

CBD [command-reglon-name[/TASKS]]

Displays information about all entries or a specific entry in the
Common Block Directory (CBD). Also, CBD with the /TASKS
keyword displays the name of each task attached to a specific common
region and the number of times the task has mapped to the region.
COMMAND LINE INTERPRETER

CLI/keyword=cllname

Keywords

/DISABLE=cliname
/ENABLE=cliname
/MESSAGE=cliname:" message-text"
/SHOW
Subkeywords

/ELlM=cliname or ELlM=*
/INIT=cliname[/ subkeyword(s)]

/CPR="string"
/DISABLE
/LOG
/NULL
/PROMPT
/RESTRICT
/TASK=taskname

/CTRLC
/DPR="string"
/MESSAGE
/PRIV
/QUIET
/SNGL

/UNOVR

Sets up for use a command line interpreter (CLI) other than MCR,
such as DCL or a user-written CLI.

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

CLOCK QUEUE

CLQ[UEUE]

Displays on the entering terminal information about tasks currently in
the clock queue.
DEALLOCATE

DEA [ddnn:]

Releases a private (allocated) device, where ddnn: is the device
name and unit number. Privileged users can deallocate any device,
but nonprivileged users can only deallocate devices that they have
allocated. If no device is specified, the command deallocates all of the
user's allocated devices.
DEBUG

DEB [taskname]

Allows you to debug a task by forcing the task to trap to a debugging
aid. Nonprivileged users can debug only tasks that they initiated.
Privileged users can debug any task.
DEFINE LOGICALS

DFL equlvalencename=loglcalname[/keyword]
DFL =[Ioglcalname][/keyword]
DFL [logical name ][/keyword]

Keywords

Comments

/ALL (P)
JFINAL (P)
jGBL (P)
jGROUP (P)
JFINAL (P)
jLOGIN (P)
jSYSTEM (P)
jTERM=ttnn: (P)

Synonym for jSYSTEM

Defines, deletes, or displays individual, session local, session login,
group, and system logical-name assignments. The first format
shown assigns a lOgical name. The second (with no equivalencename
parameter) deletes a logical name. The third [with no equal sign (=)]
displays logical names. In displaying assignments, you can substitute
the percent sign wildcard character ( % ) for one character in the name
and the asterisk ( *) for zero or more characters. The display lists the
name of the logical-name table as well as the assignments. If you use
quotation marks around the name, the DFL command removes them.

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

DEVICES

DEV [Il0G]
DEV dd:
DEV ddnn:

Displays symbolic names of all devices or of all devices of a particular
type, or displays the name of a specific device. The fLOG keyword
displays all of the logged-in terminals as well as device characteristics.
DIGITAL COMMAND lANGUAGE

DCl command-line

Allows you to issue DCL commands from a terminal that is set to
MCR.
DISMOUNT

DMO ddnn:[[I]lobel["]] [/keywords]
DMO /USER[/keywords]

Keywords

/TERM=ttnn: (P)
/USER

/DEV (P)

/LOCK=option

Tells the file system to mark the volume for dismount and to release
the control blocks. Privileged users can dismount any volume,
but nonprivileged users can dismount only devices that they have
mounted.
DTE

DTE ftnn:[/keyword]
Keywords

/DIAL
/ID

/MUTE

Establishes data terminal emulation between a local RSX system and a
host system.
FIX IN MEMORY (P)

FIX region [/REG]
FIX taskname [/RON]

Loads and locks a task or a common task region into memory (or into
a partition in memory).
GROUP GLOBAL EVENT FLAGS

FlA[[ggg]/keyword]

Keywords

/CRE

/ELIM

For privileged users, creates or eliminates global event flags for any
group. For nonprivileged users, creates or eliminates group global

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

flags only for their own login group. Any user can display all of the
group global event flags.
HELLO/LOGIN

HEL [ulc[/password]]
HEL [username[/password]]
LOG [ulc[/password]]
LOG [username[jpassword]]

Logs you in to a terminal to access a multiuser system.
HELP

HELP [/keyword] [jquallfler][/quallfler 2][ .. ./quallfler 9]
HELP % [/quallfler][/quallfler 2][ .. ./quallfler 9]

Keywords
jCLI:cliname
jFIL:[filespec]
JLOC
jOUT:filespec

JDCL
jGRO
jMCR
jxxx

Displays the contents of a help file on the issuing terminal.
HOME

HOM ddnn:volume-Iabel/keywords

Keywords
jDENS=density
jFPRO=[sys,own,grp,wor]
jMXF=file-count
jOVR (P)
jPRO=[sys,own,grp,wor]
JVI

jEXT=block-count
jLRU=directory-count
jNAME=new-volume-label
jOWNER=[g,m]
jUIC=[g,m]
jWIN=retrievel-pointer-count

Modifies certain fields in the home block of a Files-11 disk volume.
INITIALIZE VOLUME

INI ddnn:["]volume-Iabel["][/keywords]

Keywords

j ACCESS=" character"
jDENS=density
jFPRO=[sys,own,grp,wor]
jINF=initial-index-file-size
jMXF=file-count
jPOS

jBAD=[option]
jEXT=block-count
jINDX=index-file-position
jLRU=directory-count
jOWNER=[g,m] or OWNER="owner"
jPRO=[sys,own,grp, wor]

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

/UIC=[g,m]
/WIN=retrieval-pointer-count

/SDI
/VI

Produces a Files-II volume disk, magnetic tape, or DECtape. On
multiuser protection systems, you can initialize volumes only on
devices that you allocated.
INSTALL

INS [$]tllespec[jkeywords] (P)

Keywords

/ AFF=[CPx,UBy]
(Multiprocessor only)
/CLI=option
/FMAP=option
/IOP=option
/PMD=option
/PRO=[sys,own,grp,wor]
/ROPAR=pamame
/SL V=option
/TASK=taskname
/UIC=[g,m]
/XHR=option

/CKP=option
/DFB=option
/INC=size
/PAR=pname
/PRI=number
/RON=option
/SEC=option
/SYNC=option (Multiprocessor only)
/TIME=nM or /TIME=nS
/WB=option

Makes a specified task known to the system.
LOAD

LOA dd:[jkeywords] (P)
LOA/EXP=expname[keyword(s)]

Keywords

/CTB=cca[,b ... ]
/FLAGS=word
/P AR=pamame
/VEC

/EXP=expname
/HIGH
/SIZE=parsize

Reads a nonresident device driver into memory and constructs the
linkages required to allow access to the device. Also reads extended
Executive partitions into memory.
LOGICAL UNIT NUMBERS

LUN[S] taskname

Displays the static logical-unit-number (LUN) assignments for a
specified task.

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

MOUNT

Allows the file system software access to a physical device.
Flles-ll Disk or DECtape Format

MOU ddnn:[label][/keywords]
Keywords

j ACP=option (P)
jDENS=density
jFOR
jLOCK=option
jOVR (P)
jPRO=option
j[NO]SHARE
jUNL
j[NO]WAIT
j[NO]WRITE

jCACHE=option
jEXT=block-count
jFPRO=[sys,own,grp,wor]
jLRU=directory-count
jP ARM="user parameters"
jPUB
jUIC=[g,m]
JVI
jWIN=option

Flles-ll (ANSI) Magnetic Tape Format

MOU device-list: [file-set-ID][/keywords]
Keywords

j ACP=option (P)
jCC=option
jFOR
j[NO]HDR3
jLOCK=option
jOVRACC (P)
jOVRFSID (P)
jPRO=option
jRS=n
jTR=option
JVI
j[NO]WAIT
OPEN REGISTER (P)

jBS=n
jDENS=density
jFPRO=[sys,own,grp,wor]
j[NO]LABEL
jOVR (P)
jOVREXP (P)
jP ARM="user parameters"
jPUB
j[NO]SHARE
jUIC=[g,m]
jVOL=(list)
j[NO]WRITE
OPE mem-addr[+/-n][/keyword]
mem-addr / contents [ctrl-char][value ]term

Keywords

j AFF=[CPx,UBy]
(Multiprocessor only)
jDRV=dd:
jKNLD
jREG=region-name
jTASKD

jCPU=CPx
jKNL
jKNLI
jTASK=taskname
jTASKI

Allows examination and optional modification of a register in memory.

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

PARTITION DEFINITIONS

PAR

Displays a description of each memory partition in the system.
REASSIGN (P)

REA taskname lun dey

Reassigns a task's static logical unit numbers (LUNs) from one device
to another.
REDIRECT (P)

RED newdev=olddev

Redirects all I/O requests from one physical device unit to another
(from 0 to n).
REMOVE (P)

REM taskname
REM region-name/keyword

Keyword

/REG

Deletes an entry (task name) from the System Task Directory (STD)
and thereby removes the task from the system. The optional device
specification indicates the device from which the task was installed.
The /REG keyword removes regions from the Common Block
Directory (CBD).
RESUME

RES taskname [lkeyword]

Keyword

/TERM=ttnn: (P)

Allows nonprivileged users to continue execution of a suspended task
that was initiated from the entering terminal. Privileged users can
resume any suspended task.
RUN

RUN taskname [lEST=optlon][/UIC=[g,m]] (/UIC (P»
RUN taskname dtlme [/RSI=magu][/UIC=[g,m]] (P)
RUN taskname sync [dtlme][/RSI=magu][/UIC=[g,m]] (P)
RUN taskname atlme[lRSI=magu][/UIC=[g,m]] (P)
RUN [ddnn:][$] filespec [/keywords]
Keywords

/CKP=option
/EST=option
/IOP=option

/CMD=" command-line"
/INC=size
/PAR=pname

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

jPMD=option
jROPAR=pname
jTASK=taskname
jUIC=[g,m]

jPRI=number (P)
JSLV=option
jTIME=nM or TIME=nS

Initiates execution of a task, either immediately or at one of several
time-dependent intervals.
SAVE (P)

SAV [/keywords]

Keywords

jCSR=x
jMOU=lstring"

jSFILE=" filespec"
jWB

Copies the current system image into the system image file from
which the current system was booted.
SET

SET /keyword=values
Keywords

j[NO]ABAUD[=ttnn:]
j[NO]AVO[=ttnn:]
j[NO]BRO[=ttnn: ]
j[NO]CACHE=option
jCLI=ttnn:[cli]
jCRASHDEV=ddnn:[CSRaddr]
jCRASH_DEVICE=ddnn:
[CSRaddr]
jDEF[=[ddnn:][directory))
j[NO]EBC[=ttnn:]
j[NO]EDIT[=ttnn: ]
j[NO]FDX[=ttnn: ]
jHFILL=ttnn:[value]
j[NO]HOLD[=ttnn:]
j[NO]HSYNC[=ttnn:]
jLIBUIC[=[uic]]
j[NO]LOGIN (P)
j[NO]MAIN=pname
[: base:size:type]
jMCR[=ttnn:]
jNETUIC[=[g,m))
jNOPAR=pname
j[NO]OVLP[=ccn]
jPAR=pname[:base:size[:type))
jPASSWORD
jPLCTL[=[high][:[low][ :[frsiz]
[:basep]]]] (P)

j[NO]ANSI[=ttnn: ]
j[NO]BLKMOD[=ttnn:]
j BUF=ddnn: [size]
jCHAR_LENGTH
jCOLOG
j[NO]CRT[=ttnn:]
jDCL[=ttnn:]
j[NO]DEC[ttnn:]
j[NO]DPRO[=protection codes]
j[NO]ECHO[=ttnn:]
j[NO]ESCSEQ[=ttnn: ]
j[NO]FORMFEED[=ttnn: ]
j[NO]HHT[=ttnn:]
jHOST[=node[::))
jINQUIRE
jLINES=ttnn:[value]
j[NO]LOWER[=ddnn:]
jMAXEXT[=size] (P)
jMAXPKT[=n]
j[NO]NAMED
jNOCEX
j[NO]OPT[=ddnn:opttyp:faimesscount]
j[NO]P ARITY
j[NO]P ASTHRU[=ttnn:]
jPOOL[=top]
j[NO]PRINTERJORT[=ttnn:]

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

/[NO]PRIV[=ttnn: ]
/[NO]REGIS[=ttnn: ]
/RNDC[=nn]
/RNDL[=nn]
ISECPOL
/[NO]SLAVE[=ttnn:]
/SPEED=ttnn:[recv:xmit]
/SWPR[=nn]
/TERM=ttnn:[ value]
/[NO]TYPEAHEAD
[=ttnn[ :size]]
/[NO]VFILL[=ttnn:]
/[NO]WCHK[ddnn:]

/[NO]PUB[=ddnn: ]
/[NO]REMOTE[=ttnn:[speed]]
/RNDH[=nn]
/[NO]RP A[=ttnn:]
I[NO]SERIAL[=ttnn: ]
/[NO]SOFT[=ttnn:]
/SWPC[=nn]
/SYSUIC[ig,m]]
/TOP=pname:value
/[NO]TTSYNC[=ttnn:]
/UIC[ig,m][:ttnn:]]
/[NO]VTLOGON
/[NO]WRAP[=ttnn: ]

Affects characteristics of the system, tasks, and devices. Privileged
users can alter the characteristics of any device or task, but
nonprivileged users can alter only characteristics for devices and
tasks allocated to them. All users can display information.
SYSTEM SERVICE MESSAGE (P)

SSM message

Inserts text into the error log file.
SWITCH REGISTER (P)

SWR
SWR value
SWR bltposltlon/keyword

Keywords
/CLE
/SET

/DIS

Displays the current value, sets a bit, or clears a bit in the switch
register.
TASK LIST

TAL [taskname]

Displays the names and status of all tasks installed in the system or of
a specific task.
TASK LIST

TAS [taskname][/DEV=ddnn:]

Describes each task installed in the system, a specific task, or one or
more tasks installed from a specific device.

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

TIME

TIM [hrs:mlns[ :secs]] [m 1/ day/year]
[hrs: mlns[ :secs]] [day-m2-year]

For privileged users, sets and displays the date and time for the
system. For nonprivileged users, only displays time.
USER FILE DIRECTORY

UFO ddnn:[volume-Iabel][g,m][/keywords]

Keywords

j ALLOC=number
jOWNER=[uic]

JDEL
jPRO=[sys,own,grp,wor]

Creates a User File Directory (UFD) on a Files-II volume and enters
its name into the Master File Directory (MFD). Privileged users can
create UFOs on any mounted volume, but non privileged users can
create UFOs only on a volume mounted on a device that they have
allocated.
UNBLOCK

UNB [taskname ][/keyword]

Keyword
jTERM=ttnn: (P)

Continues the execution of a previously blocked task. Nonprivileged
users can unblock only tasks running from their own terminals.
Privileged users can unblock any task.
UNFIX (P)

UNF region-name/REG
UNF taskname/RON

Frees a fixed task or common task region from memory.
UNLOAD (P)

UNL dd:[/keywords]

Keywords
jEXP=expname

jVEC

Removes a loadable device driver from memory.

Monitor Console Routine (MCR) Commands

UNSTOP

UNS taskname[/keyword]

Keyword
fTERM=ttnn: (P)

Continues execution of a task previously stopped internally by the
Executive. Nonprivileged users can continue only tasks running from
their own terminals. Privileged users can continue any task.

DIGITAL COMMAND lANGUAGE (DCl)
In this section, (P) indicates that a command format or qualifier is
privileged.
ABORT

ABORT[/COMMAND]l/qualifters] commandname
ABORT /TASKl/ qua lifter] taskname

Command Quallfters
Default is /COMMAND

/COMMAND
/[NO]POSTMORTEM
/TASK
/TERMINAL:ttnn: (P)

Forces an orderly end to a running task or to the action of a specific
command.
ALLOCATE

ALLOCATEl/qualifters] dd[nn:][loglcalname]

Command Quallfters
/TERMINAL:ttnn: (P)
/TYPE:devicetype

Declares a specified device to be a private device. You can allocate
devices by logical name or physical name. If you omit the unit
number and colon, the first available device of that class is allocated.
ANAL VZE/CRASH_DUMP

ANAL VZE/CRASH_DUMP
l/ qua lifters ]ftlespec[/ qua lifters ]

Command Quallfters

Comments

/BINARY: binaryfilespec
/L1S T[ :listfilespec[! qualifiers]]
jERROR_L1MIT
jEXIT:n
jLlMIT:n
jLlNES:n
jPAGE_COUNT
jPAGE_LENGTH
j[NO]PRINTER
j[-]SP
/MEMORY_SIZE:n
jSYMBOLS:symbolfilespec

Digital Command language (DCl)

File Qualifiers
/ALL
/ ACTIVE:(arg[, ... »
DEVICES
TASKS
/BLOCK:n
/CLOCK_QUEUE
/CONTROLLERS
/DATA_STRUCTURES:(arg[, ... »
COMMAND-PARSER
DEVICE
PARTITION
STATUS
TASK
UNIT
/DENSITY:n
/DEVICES
/DUMP[:(START:n,END:n[ADDRESS:n »]
/HEADERS
/KERNEL:( arg[, ... »
DATA:(START:n,END:n)
INSTRUCTION :(START:n,END:n)
REGISTERS
/PARTITION
/POOL
/SECONDARY-POOL[:(START:n,END:n)]
/[NO]SYSTEM
/TASKS:(arg[, ... »
ADDRESS:(NAME:name[,START:n,END:n»
DATA:(NAME:name[,START:n,END:n»
DIRECTORY
INSTRUCTION :(NAME:name[,START:n,END:n])

Helps you determine the cause of system crashes by analyzing and
formatting a memory dump created by the Executive Crash Dump
Module.
ANAL VZE/ERROILLOG

ANALVZE/ERROILLOG[jqualifiers] ddnn:

Command Qualifiers
/BRIEF
/COMMAND:switchstring
DAY
MONTH
WEEK
SYSTEM
/DEVICES[:devicelist]

Comments
Invokes predefined switch string

Digital Command language (DCl)

jENTRY[:(start:end[, .. ])]
Specifies error log packet numbers
jFULL
jINCLUDE:(arg[, .. ])
Specifies type of errors
ALL
to report
CONTROL
MEMORY
PERIPHERAL
PROCESSOR
SYSTEM-INFORMATION
jNODETAIL
jOUTPUT[:outputfile]
Writes report in file
jPREVIOUS_DAYS:n
jREGISTERS
jSERIAL .-NUMBER: (arg[, ... ])
PACK:n
DRIVE:n
jSINCE:dd-mmm-yy jTHROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
jSTATISTICS:(arg[, ... ])
Writes report based on
ALL
disk geometry
ERROR
DISK_GEOMETRY
HISTORY
NONE
jTHROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
jTODAY
jVOLUME_LABEL:volumelabel
j[NO]WIDE

jYESTERDAY

ANAL VZEjMEDIA

ANAL VZEjMEDIA[/ qua lifters ] ddnn:

Command Quallfters

Comments

j ALLOCATE=label

Prompts for bad block numbers to
put in BADBLOCK.SYS and to
enter in the bad block descriptor
file

jBADBLOCKS
jBADBLOCKS jEXERCISE
jBADBLOCKS jNOEXERCISE
j[NO]EXERCISE[=(n,m)]
jOVERRIDE
jRETRY
jSHOW

Allows you to identify and determine the number of bad blocks
on a disk. ANALYZE/MEDIA determines if bad blocks exist on a
disk volume and records their locations for use by the BACKUP and
INITIALIZE commands.

Digital Command language (DCl)

APPEND

APPEND[/quallflers] Inflle[s] outflle

Command Qualifiers
/DATE:dd-mmm-yy
/EXCLUDE:filespec
/NOWARNINGS
/REWIND

Comments
Given day only
Filespec can include wildcard characters
Suppresses error messages
Tape only; rewinds tape before
beginning
Permits others to access file while
/SHARED
you append it
/SINCE:dd-mmm-yy
From given day through current day
/SINCE:dd-mmm-yy /THROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
From given day through given day
/THROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
From beginning through given day
Today only
/TODAY

Appends to an existing sequential file records from one or more
sequential files. The file specification for the jEXCLUDE qualifier
can include wildcards. Data range qualifiers.. together with the
jEXCLUDE qualifier, are also accepted on the COPY, DELETE,
DIRECTORY, PURGE, RENAME, SET PROTECTION, TYPE, and
UNLOCK commands.
APPEND/ERROR-LOG

APPEND/ERROR-LOG fllespec[jquallfler]

Command Qualifier

Comments

/DELETE

Deletes error log file after
appending it

Appends the specified file to the end of the current error log file. Error
logging must be active for this qualifier to work. The default is to
append the file to the current error log file and to keep the appended
file as well.
ASSIGN

ASSIGN[j qualifiers] [equlvalencename loglcalname]

Command Qualifiers
/FINAL (P)
/GLOBAL(P)
/GROUP: [g) (P)
/LOCAL
/LOGIN (P)
/SYSTEM (P)

Comments

UIC group number
Default
Synonym for /GLOBAL

Digital Command language (DCl)

/TERMINAL:ttnn: (P)
/TRANSLATION:ATTRIBUTES=TERMINAL (P)
Synonym for /FINAL

Equates a logical name to a physical Files-II device name, to all or
part of a Files-II file specification, or to another logical name. The
ASSIGN command checks the syntax of an equivalence name that is
either a device or a file specification. You can substitute the percent
sign wildcard character ( %) for one character in the name and the
asterisk (*) for more than one character. All references to the logical
name are resolved by the operating system. This format applies only
to RSX-IIM-PLUS operating systems that support extended logical
names.
ASSIGN/QUEUE (P)

ASSIGN/QUEUE queue name processorname

Establishes a path between a queue and a processor in the Queue
Manager (QMG) subsystem.
ASSIGN/REDIRECT (P)

ASSIGN/REDIRECT oldddnn: newddnn:

Redirects output from one physical device to another. You can also
redirect a physical device to a pseudo device, or vice versa.
ASSIGN/TASK (P)

ASSIGN/TASK:taskname ddnn: lun

Reassigns an installed task's logical unit numbers (LUNs) from one
physical device to another. The reassignment overrides the static
LUN assignments in the task's disk image file. You cannot change the
LUNs of an active task.
BACKUP

BACKUP[/quallflers] source:[fllespec[,s]] destination:

Command Qualifiers

Comments

Group 1: Selective Backup and Restore
/ AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm[:ss])
/BEFORE:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm[:ss])
/CREATED /BEFORE:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm[:ss])
/ AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm[:ss])
/EXCLUDE
/IMAGE:arg
SAVE
RESTORE
/MODIFIED /BEFORE:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm[:ss])
/ AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm[:ss])

Digital Command language (DCl)

jNEW_VERSION
j[NO]REPLACE

Use with jCREATED or with jMODIFIED

Group 2: Initialization

j ACCESSED:n
jBADBLOCKS:arg
AUTOMATIC
MANUAL
OVERRIDE
jEXTENSION :n
jFILEJROTECTION :code
jHEADERS:n
jINDEX:arg
BEGINNING
MIDDLE
END
n

j[NO]INITIALIZE
jMAXIMUMJILES:n
jSAVE_SET:name
jWINDOWS:n

n is default number of File Control
Blocks (FCBs) on each volume

Default is 5
Default is same protection as input
volume
Specifies location of INDEXF.SYS on
volume; default is same position
as input volume
Logical block n
Default is name of disk volume being
backed up
Default is same number of mapping
pointers (windows) as input volume

Group 3: Tape and Disk Control
jAPPEND
jDENSITY:arg
800
1600
6250
jERROR_LIMIT:n
jLABEL:TAPE:fileset-ID
jLENGTH:n
jREWIND

Default density = BOO bpi if unit
supports two densities; otherwise
default is density of the particular
unit. Default for TUB1 devices is 6250.
Default n = 25
Default n = physical length of the
output tape
Rewinds first tape of tape set before
executing the command line; may
use with j APPEND

Group 4: Verification
jCOMPARE[:SINGLE_BUFFER]
[:DOUBLE_BUFFER]
jVERIFY[:SINGLE_BUFFER]
[:DOUBLE_BUFFER]

Default for MU devices is DOUBLE_BUFFER;
use is restricted to these devices
Default for non-MU devices is SINGLE_BUFFER
Default for MU devices is DOUBLE_BUFFER;
use is restricted to these devices

Digital Command language (DCl)

Group 5: Display
jIDENTIFICATION
jLlST
j[NO]LOG

JLOG goes to TI:; default is jNOLOG

Group 6: Disk Processing
jAPPEND
jDIRECTORY
jNOINITIALIZE
jLABEL:arg
INPUT:volumelabel
OUTPUT:volumelabel
jMOUNTED
j[NO]PRESERVE

Default; if the only volumelabel
in command line is outvolume,
specify only jLABEL:volumelabel
Default jPRESERVE

Backs up and restores Files-II volumes. Transfers files from a volume
to a backup volume and retrieves files from the backup volume.
BACKUP works through the Backup and Restore Utility (BRU).
BROADCAST

BROADCAST ttnn: message
BROADCAST @Indlrectspec
BROADCAST[/ qualifier] message
BROADCAST username message

Command Quallfters
j ALL (P)

jLOGGED-IN (P)

Displays the specified message at one or more terminals.
CANCEL

CANCEL taskname

Eliminates entries from the clock queue. The CANCEL command
does not affect a currently executing task, but only affects the pending
entries in the clock queue.
CONTINUE

CONTINUE[/quallfler] [taskname]

Command Quallfter
jTERMINAL:ttnn: (P)

Resumes execution of a previously suspended task. The taskname
parameter defaults to ttnn:.

Digital Command language (DCl)

CONVERT£/quallflers] Inflle outflle
Command Qualifiers

IfN01APPEND
ISLOCK_SIZE:n
j[NO]FIXED_CONTROL
j[NO]IDENTIFICATION
jINDEXED
jKEY[:n]
j[NO]LOG JILE[ :filespec]
j[NO]MASS-INSERT
jMERGE
jPAD[:[( # )]arg]
jRELATIVE
j[NO]REPLACE
jSEQUENTIAL
j[NO]TRUNCATE

Comments

Default is 512
Default is jNOFIXED_CONTROL
Default is jNOIDENTIFICATION
Outfile is indexed
Default=1
jDefault is NOLOGJILE
Pad infile records to outfile length
Default pad character is blank

Default is jNOTRUNCATE

Invokes the RMSCNV utility, which moves records from one file
to another. RMSCNV reads records from an input file and writes
them to an output file. The action of RMSCNV depends on the
organization-sequential, relative, or indexed-of the two files and on
the qualifiers you include in the CONVERT command. See the main
text and the RMS-ll documentation supplied with your system for
more information.
COpy

COpy Inflle[s] outflle[s]

Command Qualifiers

Comments

j ALLOCATION:n[.]

Specifies n blocks of contiguous
space
Defines block size for outfile on
magnetic tape; n is octal unless
terminated with a decimal point;
no effect on infile

jBLOCK_SIZE:n

j[NO]CONTIGUOUS
jDATE:dd-mmm-yy
jEXCLUDE:filespec
jNONEW_VERSION
jNOWARNINGS
JOWN

jOVERLAY
jPRESERVE_DATE
jREPLACE
jREWIND

Suppresses automatic increment
of version numbers
Suppresses error messages
Makes outfile UIC owner of copy
Preserves the creation date

Digital Command language (DCl)

jSHARED
jSINCE:dd-mmm-yy
jSINCE:dd-mmm-yy jTHROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
jTHROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
jUFD

Copies files. Unless specified otherwise, the COpy command
preserves the file organization of the input file; that is, indexed
files are copied as indexed files, and so forth. See also the CONVERT
command.
CREATE

CREATE filespec

Creates a sequential file in a directory on a file-structured device. After
you issue the CREATE command, you can immediately enter text. If
you want an empty file, press CTRL/Z.
CREATE/DIRECTORY

CREATE/DIRECTORY[/ qualifier] [ddnn:]
[ directory]

Command Qualifiers
j ALLOCATION:n
jLABEL:volumelabel
jNOWARNINGS
jOWNER_UIC:[uic]
jPROTECTION :code

Comments
Entries for n files

Creates a User File Directory (UFO) on a Files-II volume and enters
its name in the volume's Master File Directory (MFD). Nonprivileged
users can create directories on mounted volumes only on their own
private (allocated) devices.
DEALLOCATE

DEALLOCATE[/quallfler] [ddnn:]

Command Qualifiers

Comments

JALL
jDEVICE
jTERMINAL:ttnn: (P)

Frees all devices allocated by TI:

Counteracts the ALLOCATE command and frees a private device for
access by other users.

Digital Command language (DCl)

DEASSIGN

DEASSIGN(jqualifters] logical_name:

Command Quallfters
fALL
/GLOBAL(P)
/GROUP[:g] (P)
/LOCAL
/LOGIN
/SYSTEM (P)
/TERMINAL:ttnn: (P)

Comments
Combine with any other qualifier

Default
Synonym for global

Deletes logical name assignments. The DEASSIGN command
counteracts both the ASSIGN and DEFINE commands.
DEASSIGN/QUEUE (P) DEASSIGN/QUEUE queuename processorname

Counteracts the ASSIGN/QUEUE command. It is used to eliminate
the path from a queue to a processor in the Queue Manager (QMG)
subsystem.
DEBUG

DEBUG [taskname]

Forces a task to trap to a debugger by setting the T-bit in the task's
Processor Status Word (PSW). The task must have been built using
the /DEBUG qualifier to the LINK command or have issued an
Executive directive specifying a debugger. Nonprivileged users can
use this command only for nonprivileged tasks running from their
own terminals. Privileged users can name any task, but the command
must be issued from the terminal from which the task was run. The
default taskname parameter is ttnn:.
DEFINE

DEFINE(j quallfters] loglcalname equlvalencename

Command Quallfters
Comments
/FINAL (P)
/GLOBAL(P)
/GROUP[:g] (P)
/LOCAL
Default
/LOGIN (P)
/SYSTEM (P)
Synonym for /GLOBAL
/TERMINAL:ttnn: (P)
/TRANSLATION:ATTRIBUTES=TERMINAL (P)
Synonym for /FINAL

Equates a logical name to a physical device name, to all or part of a file
specification, or to another logical name. All references to the logical

Digital Command language (DCl)

name are resolved by the operating system. Unlike the ASSIGN
command, DEFINE does not check the syntax of an equivalence name
that is either a device or a file specification.
DELETE

DELETE[jqualifiers]

Command Qualifiers

Comments

/[NO]CONFIRM
/DATE:dd-mmm-yy
/EXCLUDE:filespec
/[NO]LOG
Lists deleted files on II:
/NOWARNINGS
/[NO]QUERY
Default is /NOQUERY
/SINCE:dd-mmm-yy
/SINCE:dd-mmm-yy /THROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
/THROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
/TODAY

Deletes specified versions of files and releases the storage space that
the files occupy.
DELETE/DIRECTORY

DELETE/DIRECTORY[ ddnn:][ directory]

Deletes a directory on a Files-II volume and removes its name from
the volume's Master File Directory (MFD). Nonprivileged users can
only delete directories on mounted volumes on their own private
(allocated) device.
DELETE/ENTRY

DELETE/ENTRY:n[jFILE_POSITION:n]

Deletes Queue Manager (QMG) jobs by entry number.
DELETE/ JOB

DELETE/ JOB[/FILE_POSITION:n] queuename [[g,m]]
jobname

Deletes Queue Manager (QMG) jobs by queue name and job name.
DELETE/PROCESSOR (P)

DELETE/ qualifiers processorname

Command Qualifiers

comments

/ APPLICAIIONSJROCESSOR
/BATCHJROCESSOR
/CARDJEADER
/DEVICE
/INPUT

Synonym for /INPUT
Synonym for /PRINTER
Synonym for /CARDJEADER

Digital Command language (DCl)

Synonym for /DEVICE

/PRINTER
/PROCESSOR

Deletes print processors, output despoolers, or batch processors from
the Queue Manager (QMG) subsystem by processor name or device
name. This command also sets the device unspooled.
DELETE/QUEUE (P)

DELETE/QUEUE queuename/ERASE

Deletes queues in the Queue Manager (QMG) subsystem by name.
See the DELETE/JOB and DELETE/ENTRY commands to delete jobs
from queues.
DIFFERENCES

DIFFERENCES[/quallflers] Inflle 1 Inflle2

Command Qualifiers

Comments

/CHANGE_BAR[:n]

n is alternative octal ASCII code of
change-bar character. Default is
041 (!)

/IGNORE:arg
BLANK_LINES
COMMENTS
FORMJ'EEDS
SPACING
TRAILING_BLANKS
/LINES:n
/[NO]NUMBERS
/OUTPUT:filespec
/SLP[:audittrail]

Comments begin with any group
of tabs and blanks equal one blank
The n lines specified must be the same
for a match.
Line numbers in output file
Names output files; II: is default.

Compares two ASCII (text) files line by line to determine if parallel
records (lines) are identical and produces a listing of any differences.
DIRECTORY

DIRECTORY[/format][/ destlnatlon][/ otherqual[ s]]
[fllespec[,s ]]

Command Qualifiers

Comments

Format Qualifiers
/ ATTRIBUTES
/BRIEF
/FREE [ddnn:]
/FULL
/SUMMARY

RMS-ll attributes
Free blocks on volume; default volume
is SY:
Blocks used and allocated

Digital Command language (DCl)

Destination Qualifiers
jOUTPUT[:filespec]
jPRINTER

Names output files; TI: is default
Output to printer

Other Qualifiers
jDATE:dd-mmm-yy
jEXCLUDE:filespec
jNOWARNINGS
Suppresses error messages
jREWIND
jSINCE:dd-mmm-yy
jTHROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
jSINCE:dd-mmm-yy jTHROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
jTODAY

Displays information on files in directories (UFDs).
DISMOUNT

DISMOUNT ddnn: [label]

Command Qualifiers
jTERMINAL:ttnn: (P)

JALL
jPUBLIC (P)
jSAVE (P)
jSYSTEM
j[NO]UNLOAD

Comments
Dismounts volumes from another
terminal
Dismounts all devices mounted by user
Dismounts all users from volume
Disk keeps spinning
Synonym for jPUBLIC
Affects magnetic tape, DB-, DM-, and
DU-type devices

Marks the volume mounted on the specified device as logically off line
and disconnected from the file system.
EDIT

EDIT[/ qualifier] [edit-Input]
Command Qualifiers

JEDI
jKED
jK52
jMAKE
jMUNG
j OUTPUT:filespec
jCREATE
JSOS

Comments
Line text editor
Unbundled KED editor
VT52 version of KED
Unsupported TECO editor
Unsupported TECO editor
Use with KED and K52
Use with KED and K52
Unsupported Son of Stopgap

Digital Command language (DCl)

JTECO
jUSING:yyy

Unsupported Text Editor and Corrector
Unsupported user editor

Invokes an editor. See also EDIT/EDT and EDIT/SLP for those
editors.
EDIT/EDT

EDIT/EDT[/quallflers] filespec

Command Qualifiers
j[NO]COMMAND[:filespec]
j[NO]CREATE
j[NO]JOURNAL[:filespec]
j[NO]OUTPUT[:filespec]
j[NO]READ_ONLY
j[NO]RECOVER

Comments
Default is jCOMMAND:EDTINI.EDT
Default is jCREATE
Default is jNOREAD_ONLY
Default is jNORECOVER

Invokes EDT, the Digital standard editor, and the default editor.
EDIT/SLP

EDIT/SLP[jqualiflers] filespec

Command Qualifiers
j[NO]AUDIT[:(arg[s])]
POSITION:n
SIZE:n
jCHECKSUM[:n]
j[NO]UST[:filespec]
j[NO]OUTPUT[:filespec]
j[NO]REPORT
j[NO]TAB

j[NO]TRUNCATE[:n]

Comments
Default is j AUDIT:(POS:80,SIZE:8)
n~13210
n~1410

Report truncation lines by audit trail
Right justify with tabs or spaces
Default is jNOTAB
Deletes audit trails and trailing characters

Invokes the Source Language Input Program (SLP), a programmaintenance editor.
FIX (P)

FIX[j qualifiers] taskname

Command Qualifiers
jREADONLY_SEGMENT
jREGION

Comments

Causes an installed task or region to be loaded and locked into
memory.

Digital Command language (DCl)

HELP

HELP[jqualifiers] [%] [parameter1] [ ... parameter9]

Command Qualifiers

jOUTPUT:filespec
jLOCAL
jGROUP
jCLI:cliname
jMCR
JDCL
jFILE:filespec
jfilename

Comments
Default is jOUTPUT:TI:
Help file is in default directory
Help file is in [g,l]; g is your
group number

Default for MCR terminals
Default for DCL terminals
Names file containing help text
Defaults to LB:[l,2]filename.HLP

Displays information about your system. Help for MCR, DCL, and
most utilities is supplied with the system. Your system may also have
help for an alternate Command Line Interpreter (CLI), as well as local,
group, or other special help.
HOLD/ENTRY

HOLO/ENTRY:n

Holds a job in its queue by entry number.
HOLO/ JOB

HOLO/ JOB queuename [[g,m]] jobname

Holds a Queue Manager (QMG) job in its queue by queue name and
job name.
INITIALIZE

INITIALlZE[jqualifiers] ddn: volumelabel

Command Qualifiers
j ACCESSED:n

comments
Number of directories accessed
simultaneously

jBAD_BLOCKS:arg
AUTOMATIC
(AUTOMATIC,MANUAL)
MANUAL
NOAUTOMATIC
OVERRIDE
(OVERRIDE,MANUAL)
jDENSITY:arg

BOO
1600
HIGH
LOW
6250
jEXTENSION :n
jFILEJROTECTION:(code)
jHEADERS:n

Default for TUB1 devices is 6250.
Extends files by n blocks; default n=510

Digital Command language (DCl)

/INDEX:arg
Locates index file on volume
BEGINNING
Default for tapes and DEC tapes
MIDDLE
Default for disks
END
n
Logical blocks n
/LABEL:VOLUME-ACCESSIBILITY: "c"
Magnetic tape only; limits access
/MAXIMUMJILES:n
Default is /NOSHOW
/[NO]SHOW
/OWNER:[uic]
Specifies owner of volume
Initializes disk Professional 300 series
/PROFESSIONAL
/PROTECTION:(code)
Default n=7
/WINDOWS:n

Creates Files-II disk structure on a volume. See also
INITIALIZE/UPDATE. You must mount the volume with the
/FOREIGN qualifier. Nonprivileged users must allocate the device.
INITIALIZE/FORMAT

INITIALIZE/FORMAT[/ qualifiers] ddnn:
volumelabel

Command Qualifiers

/BADBLOCKS
/DENSITY:arg
HIGH or DOUBLE
LOW or SINGLE
/ERROR_LIMIT:n
/MANUAL
/[NO]MESSAGE
/OVERRIDE
/[NO]VERIFY
/WRITE_LAST_TRACK:n

Formats and verifies volumes on disk cartridges, disk packs, fixed
media disks, and flexible disks associated with any RSX-IIM-PLUS
operating system that includes online formatting support in the
Executive.
INITIALIZE/PROCESSOR

INITIALIZE/processorfype
processorname/ qualifiers

Processor Type

Comments

APPLICATIONSJROCESSOR
BATCHJROCESSOR
CARD-READER
DEVICE

Output
Input
Output
Output

Digital Command language (DCl)

INPUT
PRINTER
PROCESSOR
Command Qualifiers
jBATCH_QUEUE:queuename
jCONSOLE:ddnn:
jFLAGJAGE:n
jFORMS:n
j[NO]LOWERCASE
j[NO]SHAREABLE
j[NO]UPPERCASE
jPRINTER_QUEUE:queuename

Input
Output
Output
Comments
Input
Input
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Input

Creates, names, and starts a print processor, batch processor, or other
output device.
INITIALIZE/QUEUE (P)

INITIALIZE/QUEUE queuename[/quallflers]

Command Qualifiers

Comments

jBATCH
jPRINTER
jNOWARNINGS

Default
Suppresses error messages

Creates, names, and starts a queue in the Queue Manager (QMG)
subsystem.
INITIALIZE/UPDATE

INITIALIZE/UPDATE[/ qualifiers] ddnn:
volumelabel

Command Qualifiers

j ACCESSED:n
jDENSITY:arg
HIGH
LOW
jEXTENSION:n
jFILEJROTECTION :code
jLABEL:newvolumelabel
jMAXIMUMJILES:n
jOWNER:[uic]
jPROFESSIONAL
jPROTECTION :code
j[NO]SHOW
jWINDOWS:n

Comments

Extend full files by n blocks

Initializes disk Professional 300 series
Default is jSHOW
Mapping pointers to file windows;
default is 7

Invokes the HOME utility to alter values in the Volume Home Block
without affecting the other data on the volume. The
37

Digital Command Language (DCl)

INITIALIZE/UPDATE command can be used only with disks and
DEC tapes in Files-II format. You must mount the volume with the
/FOREIGN qualifier.
INSTALL (P)

INSTALL[/ qualifiers] [$] filespec

Command Qualifiers

/[NO]CHECKPOINT
/[NO]DEFER_BINDING
/EXTENSION:n

Comments

/DEFER is default
n (decimal) additional words of
address space

/[NO]INTERPRETER
/MULTIUSERJARTITION:pamame
Read-only portion
/P ARTITION :pamame
/[NO]POSTMORTEM
/PRIORITY:n
/[NO]READONL Y_COMMON
/[NO]RESIDENTJiEADER
/[NO]SLAVE
/TASK-NAME:taskname
/TRANSLATION -ROUTINE:n
/UIC:[uic]
/[NO]WRITEBACK

n = 0-250
Default is /NOSLAVE
1-6 characters

Includes a task in the System Task Directory (STD), thus making it
known to the system.
LIBRARY

LlBRARY[j operatlon][/ qualifiers]
LIBRARY @fllespec

Creates and maintains user-written library files. The command has
eight functions, each listed here as a separate command. See main
text for more details on all functions and qualifiers.
LIBRARY/COMPRESS
Arguments

BLOCKS:n
GLOBAL:n
MODULES:n

LIBRARY/COMPRESS[:(arg[,s])] IIb[newllb]
Comments
Size in 256-word blocks
Entry point table entries
Module name table entries

Physically deletes modules that have been logically deleted through
the LIBRARY/DELETE command. You can rename the resulting

Digital Command language (DCl)

compressed library. You can also use this command to copy a library
and rename it.
LIBRARY/CREATE

LIBRARY/CREATE[:(arg[,s])][/qualiftersllb[lnftle[s]]

Arguments

Comments

BLOCKS:n
GLOBAL:n
MODULES:n
Command Quallfters

Size in 256-word blocks
Entry point table entries
Module name table entries
Comments

/[NO]GLOBALS
/MACRO
/OBJECT
/SELECTIVE_SEARCH
/SQUEEZE
/UNIVERSAL

Identifies object library; default

Creates a library and optionally inserts one or more modules into it.
LIBRARY/DELETE

LIBRARY/DELETE IIbspec module[,module[s]]

Deletes object modules from a library. See the LIBRARY/REMOVE
command for removing global symbols (entry points) from a library.
LIBRARY/EXTRACT

LIBRARY/EXTRACT[/OUTPUT[:ftlespec]]
IIbspec module[ ,s]

Reads one or more modules from a library and writes them to a
specified output file. You can extract up to eight modules with a
single command. If you extract more than one module, the modules
are concatenated in the output file. Default output file is TI:.
LIBRARY/INSERT

LIBRARY/INSERT[/ quallfters] IIbspec ftlespec[ ,s]

Command Quallfters

Comments

/[NO]GLOBALS
/SELECTIVE_SEARCH
/SQUEEZE

Inserts modules from one or more files into a library.

Digital Command language (DCl)

LIBRARY/LIST

LIBRARY/LlST[:fllespec][/qualifiers] IIbspec

Command Qualifiers

Comments

jBRIEF

/FULL
/[NO]NAMES

Names and global entry points

Lists the names of all modules in a library on your terminal or in an
output file.
LIBRARY/REMOVE

LIBRARY/REMOVE IIbspec global[.global[s]]

Removes global symbols (entry points) from a library. See the
LIBRARY jDELETE command for deleting object modules from a
library.
LIBRARY/REPLACE

LIBRARY/REPLACE£!qualifiers] IIbspec fllespec[,s]

Command Qualifiers

Comments

/[NO]GLOBALS
/SELECTIVE_SEARCH
/SQUEEZE

Replaces a module in a library with a new module of the same name
and deletes the old module.
LINK

LlNK[/ qualifiers] filespec£! quallflers][ ,fllespec[ ,s]]

Command Qualifiers
/ ANCILLARYJROCESSOR[:n]
/[NO]CHECKPOINT:arg
SYSTEM
TASK
/CODE:(arg[s))

Comments

Checkpoints to [l,2]CORMIG.SYS
Checkpoints to task image file

CLI

DATA_SPACE
EAE
FAST-MAP
Fast mapping
[NO]FPP
OTSJAST
PIC
Same as POSITION-INDEPENDENT
POSITION -INDEPENDENT
/COMPATIBLE
/[NO]CROSS-REFERENCE
/[NO]DEBUG[:filespec]
Default is On-Line Debugging
Tool (ODT)

Digital Command language (DCl)

Stops task build after n errors
/ERROR_LIMIT:n
Same as /TASK
/[NO]EXECUTABLE:filespec
/[NO]EXTERNAL
/FAST
/FULL _SEARCH
/[NO]HEADER
/[NO]IOJ AGE
Long Map
/LONG
/MAP[:fi1espec]
Default is /MEM
/[NO]MEMORY-MANAGEMENT[:n]
/OPTIONS[:filespec]
/OVERLAY_DESCRIPTION
/POSTMORTEM
/[NO]PRINT
Default is /NOPRIV
/[NO]PRIVILEGED
/[NO]RECEIVE
/[NO]RESIDENT_OVERLAYS
Saves indirect file
/SAVE
Default is /NOSEG
/[NO]SEGREGATE
/SEQUENTIAL
Multiuser
/SHAREABLE[:arg]
COMMON
LIBRARY
Default
TASK
/SLAVE
/SLOW
/SYMBOL _ TABLE[ :filespec ]
/[NO]SYSTEM_LIBRARY_DISPLAY
Default is /NOSYS
Same as /EXEC
/[NO]TASK[:filespec]
Default
/TKB
/TRACE
Default is /WARNINGS
/[NO]WARNINGS
/[NO]WIDE

File Quallfters
/[NO]CONCATENATE
/DEFAULT_LIBRARY
/[NO]GLOBALS
/LIBRARY
/INCLUDE:(modulel, ... ,modulen)
/OVERLAY_DESCRIPTION
/SELECTIVE_SEARCH

Comments
Names file to replace [l,l]SYSLIB.OLB
Default is /GLOBALS

Invokes the Task Builder (TKB), which links object modules and
routines from user and system libraries to form an executable task.

Digital Command language (DCl)

Grants access to a multiuser protection system and establishes your
privileges as a system user.
LOGOUT

LOGOUT[j qualifier]

Command Qualifier
/[NO]HOLD

comments
Holds remote line after logout;
default is /NOHOLD

Counteracts the LOGIN command. The LOGOUT command also
aborts any non privileged tasks running from the terminal and
dismounts any volumes and deallocates any private devices allocated
from the terminal.
MCR

MCR mcrcommand

Enters an MCR command from a DCL terminal without leaving DCL.
MOUNT

MOUNT[/quallflers] ddnn: volumelabel
(Disks and other random-addressable devices)
MOUNT[/quallflers] ddnn:[.ddnn: ... ] flleset-ID
(magnetic tapes)

Command Qualifiers

For Both Disks and Tapes
/[NO]CACHE:(option[s))
par=[main_pamame: ]subpamame[:size]
[NO]DEFER_WRITES
[NO]DIRECTORY
[NO]LOGICAL
[NO]OVERLAY
[NO]READ-AHEAD
[NO]VIRTUAL
/DEFAULT:arg
SAVE
NOUNLOAD
UNLOAD
Protection for files created during
/FILE-PROTECTION:(code)
mount operation
/FOREIGN
/OVERRIDE:IDENTIFICATION (P)
/P ARAMETERS:"user parameters"

Digital Command language (DCl)

jPROCESSOR:arg
acpname
UNIQUE
jPROTECTION:(code)
jPUBLIC (P)
j[NO]SHAREABLE
j[NO]SHOW
jSYSTEM
j[NO]WAIT
jWRITE

Deallocates and sets device public

Default is jNOWAIT

For Disks and Other Files-ll Devices
j ACCESSED:n

jEXTENSION :n
jOWNER:[uic]
jUNLOCK
jWINDOW:arg

n is number of File Control Blocks
(FCBs)
Extend full file by n blocks

(USER:n,INDEX:n)
FULL

For ANSI and Unlabeled Tapes
jBLOCK_SIZE:n
jCARRIAGE_CONTROL:arg
FORTRAN
LIST
NONE
jDENSITY:arg
800
1600
6250
Default for TU81 devices is 6250.
j[NO]HDR3
j[NO]LABEL
jOVERRIDE:arg
ACCESSIBILITY
EXPIRATION _DATE
IDENTIFICATION
SELJDENTIFICATION
jRECORD_SIZE:n
jTRANSLATE:arg
EBCDIC
NONE
UTI
UT2
UT3
jVOLUME-IDENTIFICATION:(volume-ID[,volume-ID[s]])

Digital Command language (DCl)

Declares a volume to be logically known to the system, on line, and
available for use. Some qualifiers can be used with any MOUNT
command; some are limited to mounting disks (and other randomaddressable devices) and others are liroited to mounting magnetic
tapes.
PRINT

PRINT[! qualifiers] fllespec[/ qualifiers ][fllespec[,s]]

Command Qualifiers
/[NO]ADJACENT
/ AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm)
/ AFTER_TOMORROW
/COPIES:n
/[NO]DELETE
/DEVICE:ddnn:
/[NO]FLAGJ AGE
/FORMS:n
/[NO]HOLD
/JOB_COUNT
/[NODOBJAGE
/LENGTH:n
/[NO]LOWERCASE
/NAME:jobname
/[NO]TRANSFER
/PAGE_COUNT:n
/PRIORITY:n

Comments

Flag page on each file; default is
/NOFLAG
n can be 0-256; default is 0
Default is /NOHOLD
Flag page on job; default is /JOBJ AGE
1-9 characters

n is 1-150 nonprivileged; 1-250
privileged; default is 50

/QUEUE:queuename
/[NO]RESTART
/[NO]UPPERCASE
File Qualifiers
/COPIES:n
/[NO]DELETE
/[NO]TRANSFER

Queues files for printing on a line printer. The PRINT comand can
also queue jobs for other output devices.
PURGE

PURGE[/quallflers] fllespec[,s]

Command Qualifiers
/DATE:dd-mmm-yy
/EXCLUDE:filespec
/KEEP:n

Comments

Digital Command language (DCl)

Lists files on TI: as deleted
/[NO]LOG
Suppresses error messages
/NOWARNINGS
/SINCE:dd-mmm-yy
/SINCE:dd-mmm-yy /THROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
/THROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
/TODAY

Deletes all but the latest versions of files and releases the storage space
that the deleted files occupy.
RELEASE/ENTRY

RELEASE/ENTRY:n

Releases, by queue name and entry number, a print or batch job that
has been held in its queue.
RELEASE/ JOB

RELEASE/ JOB queuename [[Q,m]]jobname

Releases, by queue name and job name, a print or batch job that has
been held in its queue.
REMOVE

REMOVE[/quallflers] taskname (P)

Command Qualifiers

Comments

/REGION (P)
/TRANSLATION-ROUTINE:n (P)
Removes an Ancillary Control
Driver (ACD)

Counteracts the INSTALL command. The REMOVE command takes a
task name out of the System Task Directory (STD).
RENAME

RENAME[/quallflers] oldfllespec newfllespec

Command Qualifiers

Comments
/DATE:dd-mmm-yy
/EXCLUDE:filespec
/NOWARNINGS
Suppresses error messages
/SINCE:dd-mmm-yy
/SINCE:dd-mmm-yy /THROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
/THROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
/TODAY

Changes the name, type, or version number of an existing file.

Digital Command language (DCl)

REQUEST

REQUEST message

Sends a message to the operator's console (CO:).
RUN unlnstalledtask

RUN[jqualifters] [$]ftlespec

Command Quallfters

j[NO]CHECKPOINT
jCOMMAND:"taskcornrnand"
jEXTENSION:n
jPARTITION:pamame
j[NO]POSTMORTEM
jPRIORITY:n (P)
jSTATUS:arg
COMMAND
TASK
jTASK-NAME:taskname
jTIME _LIMIT:n[ u]
jUIC:[uic] (P)

When used to run an uninstalled task from a task image file, RUN
is a combination command, encompassing the INSTALL, RUN, and
REMOVE commands.
RUN Installedtask

RUNUqualiftersJ taskname

Command Quallfters
jDELAY:n (P)
jINTERVAL:nu (P)
jSCHEDULE:hh:rnm:ss (P)
jSTATUS:arg
COMMAND
TASK
jSYNCHRONIZE:u (P)
jUIC:[uic] (P)

Initiates the execution of installed tasks. Privileged users can use
the RUN command to initiate the execution of installed tasks on a
schedule by creating entries in the system clock queue.
SET[DA YJTIME (P)

SET[DA Y]TIME:[ dd-mmm-yy][hh:mmJ

Sets the system date and time.

Digital Command language (DCl)

SET DEBUG

SET DEBUG[/quallflers]

Command Qualifiers

/[NO]EXECUTE
/FULL

Comments
Translates, then executes the command
Displays logical symbols and translation

Displays the MCR translation of any DCL command.
SET DEFAULT
name[:]

SET DEFAULT[/[NO]NAMED_DIRECTORY] devlce_

Command Qualifiers
/[NO]NAMED_DIRECTORY

Comments
Allows the system to accept either
named or numbered directories
Default is /NONAMED

Establishes your default device or directory, or both. With no
arguments, the SET DEFAULT command returns a nonprivileged
user to login device and User Identification Code (UIC).
SET DEVICE (P)

SET DEVICE:ddnn:/qualifiers

Command Qualifiers

Comments

/CACHE:(option[s])
Modifies data caching
P AR=[main_pamame: ]subpamame[:size]
[NO]DEFER_WRITES
[NO]DIRECTORY
[NO]OVERLAY
[NO]VIRTUAL
[NO]LOGICAL
[NO]READ-AHEAD
/NOCACHE
/[NO]CHECKPOINTJILE[:n]
n is number of decimal blocks in
[O,O]CORIMG.5YS
/[NO]LOWERCASE
Default is /NOPUBLIC
/[NO]PUBLIC
Synonym for /[NO]PUBLIC
/[NO]SYSTEM
/WIDTH:n (Nonprivileged for TI:)

Establishes certain device attributes.

Digital Command language (DCl)

SET ERROILLOG

SET ERROILLOG[/quallflers] ddnn:[,ddnn:[,s))
SET ERROILLOG[/quallflers]

Command Qualifiers
/BACKUP_FILE:filespec
/DELETE
/HARD_LIMIT:n
/[NO]LIMITING
/NEW_LOG JILE:filespec
[/ qualifiers]
/NEW_VERSION
/RESET_COUNTS
/SOFT_LIMIT:n

Comments
Manipulates error log file
Manipulates error log file
Sets up error logging
Manipulates error log file
Manipulates error log file

Manipulates error log file
Sets up error logging
Sets up error logging

Sets up error logging operations and manipulates the error log file.
SET FILE

SET FILE[/quallflers] fllespec[/quallflers]

Command Qualifiers

/ENTER:synonym-filespec
/NOWARNINGS
/REMOVE
/REWIND
/TRUNCATE
File Qualifier
/END_OFJILE:(BLOCK:n,BYTE:n)

Comments
Refers to a file by more than one name
Suppresses error messages

Establishes certain file characteristics. You can change an end-offile marker, have an entry in one directory point to a file in another
directory, remove an entry from a directory, or truncate files to their
actual length.
SET GROUPFLAGS

SET GROUPFLAGS:n[/qualifler]

Command Qualifiers

/CREATE
/DELETE

Comments
Default

Creates and deletes group global event flags. Nonprivileged users can
use the command for their own group. The variable n is the group
number.

Digital Command language (DCl)

SET HOST

SET HOST node name

Connects your terminal to another system. Both your current system
and the remote system must run DECnet software.
SET HOST/DTE

SET HOST/DTE ttnn:[jquallfler]

Command Qualifiers

Comments

/DIAL

Allows the specification of a dial command
string for the modem
Alters certain device characteristics
Displays version of Data Terminal Emulator
(DTE)

/MUTE
/VERSION

Establishes data terminal emulation between a local RSX system and a
host system.
SET LIBRARY/DIRECTORY (P)

SET LIBRARY/t:>IRECTORY:[dlrectory]

Establishes the directory where the system utilities and other
non privileged system tasks are kept.
SET [NO]PARTITION (P)

SET [NO]PARTITION:parname/qualifiers

Command Qualifiers

/BASE:n
/DEVICE
/DIAGNOSTIC
/SIZE:n
/SYSTEM
/TOP

Comments

Device common

/[+]n
Creates or eliminates a partition.
SET PASSWORD

SET PASSWORD

Allows nonprivileged users to change their passwords.
SET PRIORITY (P)

SET PRIORITY:n taskname

Alters the priority of an active task.

Digital Command language (DCl)

SET PROTECTION

SET PROTECTlON:(code)[/qualifters] ftlespec[,s]

Command Quallfters

/DATE:dd-mmm-yy
/[NO]DEFAULT

Comments

Establishes your personal default
protection code for all files that
you create after issuing command.

/EXCLUDE:filespec
/SINCE:dd-mmm-yy
/SINCE:dd-mmm-yy /THROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
/THROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
/TODAY

Establishes the protection status of files. Default is SY:RWED,
OW:RWED, GR:RWED, W:R.
SET QUEUE/ENTRY

SET QUEUE/ENTRY:n[jqualifter]

Command Quallfters

Comments

/ AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm)
/COPIES:n
/[NO]DELETE
/FILE-POSITION:n
/FORMS:n
/HOLD
/JOBCOUNT:n
/LENGTH:n
/[NO]LOWERCASE
/PAGE_COUNT:n
/PRIORITY:n

Same as HOLD/QUEUE

/RELEASE
/[NO]RESTART
/[NO]UPPERCASE

Nonprivileged: n is 1-150;
Privileged: n is 1-250
Default is 50
Same as RELEASE/QUEUE

Modifies by entry number some attributes of print or batch jobs once
they are in a queue. See SET QUEUE/JOB to modify by job name.
SET QUEUE/JOB

SET QUEUE/ JOB[j qua lifter] queue [[g,m]]jobname

Command Quallfters

/ AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm)
/COPIES:n
/[NO]DELETE
/FILE-POSITION:n

Comments

Digital Command language (DCl)

/FORMS:n
/JOBCOUNT:n
/HOLD
/LENGTH:n
/[NO]LOWERCASE
/P AGE_COUNT:n
/PRIORITY:n
/RELEASE
/[NO]RESTART
/[NO]UPPERCASE

Same as HOLD/QUEUE

n is 1-150 nonprivileged; 1-250
privileged; default n = 50
Same as RELEASE/QUEUE

Modifies by job name some attributes of print or batch jobs once they
are in a queue. See previous command to modify by entry number.
SET SYSTEM (P)

SET SYSTEM/qualifier

Command Qualifiers

Comments

/[NO]CRASH_DEVICE:ddnn:
/REGISTER=nnnnnn
/DIRECTORY:[directory]
/EXTENSION LIMIT:n
/[NO]LOGINS
/NETWORK_UIC:[uic]
/PACKETS:n
/POOL:top
/POOL/LIMITS:arg
HIGH=n
LOW=n
MINIMUM_
SIZE=n
TASKJRIORITY=n

Loads crash driver
Sets directory where system tasks are kept
Maximum size a task can be extended
Sets directory for DECnet-related tasks
n is 0-15
Increases pool size
High pool limit
Low pool limit
Minimum size of largest free pool
block required
Lowest task priority

Establishes certain characteristics of the system.
SET TERMINAL

SET TERMINAL[:ttnn:]/qualifiers

Command Qualifiers

Comments

For Common Use
/[NO]BROADCAST
/CLI:cliname
/[NO]CONTROL=C
/DCL
/[NO]HOLD_SCREEN

Not for VT100s

Digital Command language (DCl)

/INQUIRE
/[NO]LOWERCASE
/MCR
/[NO]PRIVILEGED (P)
/SPEED:(transmit,receive)
/[NO]UPPERCASE

Automatically sets proper terminal
characteristics
/NOLOWER default; same as /UPPER

/UPPERCASE default

For Terminal Setup
/[NO]ADVANCED_VIDEO
/[NO]ANSI_CRT
/[NO]AUTOBAUD
/ASR33
/ASR35
/[NO]BLOCK-MODE
/CRFILL:n
/[NO]DEC_CRT
/DTCOI
/[NO]EDIT-MODE
/[NO]FORMJEED
/[NO]HARDCOPY
/[NO]HOSTSYNC
/KSR33
/LA12
/LA24
/LA30P
/LA30S
/LA34
/LA36
/LA38
/LA50
/LA75
/LAIOO
/LA120
/LA180S
/LA200_SERIES
/LA210
/LFFILL
/LN03
/LQP02
/LQP03
/MODEL:arg
/PAGE_LENGTH:n
/PRINTERJORT
/PRO_SERIES
/[NO]REGIS
/[NO]SCOPE
/[NO]SOFT_CHARACTERS
/[NO]TAB

n is 0-7

Default is terminal hardware setting

Digital Command language (DCl)

/TRANSLATION -ROUTINE[:arg]
n
logical
/[NO]TTSYNC
/VT05B
/VT50
/VT52
/VT55
/VT61
/VTIOO
/VTIOI
/VTI02
/VTI05
/VT125
/VT131
/VT132
/VT200_SERIES
/WIDTH:n

ACD number
Logical name for ACD number

For Task Setup
/[NO]CHARACTER_LENGTH
/[NO]ECHO
/[NO]EIGHT_BIT
/[NO]ESCAPE
/[NO]FULL_DUPLEX
/[NO]INTERACTlVE
/[NO]LOCAL
/[NO]PARITY[:type]
ODD
EVEN
/[NO]P ASSALL
/[NO]P ASTHRU
/[NO]REMOTE
/[NO]SERIAL
/[NO]SLAVE
/[NO]TYPE-AHEAD[:n]
/[NO]WRAP

ODD is default

/SERIAL is default
n can be 0-25510

Sets various attributes of your terminal. Privileged users can set
attributes for any terminal.
SET UIC (P)

SET UIC [g,m]

Changes your User Identification Code (UIC).

Digital Command language (DCl)

SHOW ACCOUNTING

SHOW ACCOUNTING/quallfter

Command Quallfters

/INFORMATION
/TRANSACTION[:infile] outfile

Displays current information on your terminal session for
nonprivileged users. Privileged users can display information about
any terminal session.
SHOW ASSIGNMENTS

SHOW ASSIGNMENTS
[logical name ][/ quallfters]

Command Quallfters

/ALL
/GLOBAL(P)
/GROUP[:g] (P)
/LOCAL
/LOGIN (P)
/SYSTEM (P)
/TERMINAL:ttnn: (P)

Comments

Same as /SYSTEM
UIC group number
Default

Displays at your terminal all individual, session local, session login,
group, and system logical-name assignments. Only privileged users
can display group assignments, system assignments, and assignments
from other terminals. You can use the logical name parameter to
display all assignments for a single logical name. You can substitute
the percent sign wildcard character ( % ) for one character in the name
and the asterisk (.) for zero or more characters. The display lists the
name of the logical-name table as well as the assignments.
SHOW CACHE

SHOW CACHE[ddnn:][/RATE:n]

Displays disk data caching information.
SHOW CLOCILQUEUE

SHOW CLOCILQUEUE

Displays information about tasks currently in the clock queue. This
information consists of the task names, the next time each task is to be
run, and each task's reschedule interval, if any.

Digital Command language (DCl)

SHOW COMMON

SHOW COMMON[:name][/TASK]

Displays the name of resident commons installed in the system, their
Partition Control Block (PCB) addresses, the number of attached tasks,
and the status of the common.
SHOW [DA Y]TIME

SHOW [DA Y]TIME

Displays the system time and date setting.
SHOW DEFAULT

SHOW DEFAULT

Displays the current default device and directory for your terminal,
along with your terminal number.
SHOW DEVICES

SHOW DEVICES[/quallfter][dd[nn:]]

Command Quallfters

/[NO]CACHE
/dd[nn:]
/[NO]PUBLIC
/[NO]SYSTEM
/WIDTH:ddnn:

Comments

Synonym for /[NO]PUBLIC

Displays information about the devices included in the system.
SHOW ERROILLOG

SHOW ERROILLOG[jqualifters] devllst

Command Quallfters

/CURRENT
/HISTORY
/OUTPUT[:filespec]
/RECENT

Comments

Writes report to specified file

Provides a brief display of error-logging information on the device
specified. If you do not specify any devices, the qualifier provides
information on all devices in the system. The default is to display this
report on your terminal.
SHOW GROUPFLAGS

SHOW GROUPFLAGS

Displays the group global event flags currently in the system.

Digital Command language (DCl)

SHOW HOST

SHOW HOST[/VERSION]

Displays the name of the processor to which your terminal is currently
connected. It also shows the name and version number of the
operating system running on the processor.
SHOW LIBRARY

SHOW LIBRARY

Displays the current library directory. This is the directory where
non privileged system utilities are kept.
SHOW LOGICALS

SHOW LOGICALS [loglcalname][/quallfters]

Command Quallfters

/ALL (P)
/GLOBAL(P)
/GROVP[:g] (P)
/LOCAL
/LOGIN (P)
/SYSTEM (P)
/TERMINAL:ttnn: (P)

Comments

VIC group number
Default
Synonym for /GLOBAL

Displays at your terminal all individual, local, group, and system
logical-name assignments. You can substitute the percent sign
wildcard character ( %) for one character in the name and the asterisk
( .) for zero or more characters. Only privileged users can display
group assignments, system assignments, and assignments from other
terminals. The display lists the name of the logical-name table as well
as the assignment.
SHOW MEMORY

SHOW MEMORY

Invokes the Resource Monitoring Display (RMDEMO), a dynamic
display of the system's activities in memory.
SHOW PARTITIONS

SHOW PARTITIONS[:name]

Displays address and content information about the partitions in the
system. You can display information about all partitions or about a
single partition.

Digital Command Language (DCL)

SHOW PROCESSOR

SHOW PROCESSOR[/ qualifiers] [processor- name]

Command Qualifiers

/BATCH
/CARD-READER
/DEVICE
/INPUT
/PRINTER

Comments

Same as /INPUT
Output processor; same as /PRINTER

Displays information about the batch processors, printers, card readers,
and other devices under control of the Queue Manager.
SHOW PROTECTION

SHOW PROTECTION

Displays your personal default file protection code.
SHOW QUEUE

SHOW QUEUE£/ qualifier] [queuename]

Command Qualifiers

/ALL
/BATCH
/BRIEF
/DEVICE
/ENTRY:n
/FILE
/FORMS:n
/FULL
/NAME:jobname
/OWNER_UIC:[[uic]]

Comments
All entries in all queues; default
All entries in all batch queues

Same as /PRINTER; all queues
Files in each job; shorter than /FULL

Lists only jobs from that UIC;
default UIC is login UIC

/PRINTER

Displays information about print jobs in queues.
SHOW SYSTEM

SHOW SYSTEM£/ qualifier]

Command Qualifiers

Comments

/CLl
/CRASH_DEVICE
/DIRECTORY
/EXTENSION _LlMIT
/NETWORK_UIC
/PACKETS

CLls on current system

/POOL

Default; displays system directory
Task extension limit
Location of DECnet tasks
Maximum I/O packets and number
currently available
Displays pool statistics

Digital Command language (DCl)

/POOL/LIMITS
/SECONDARYJOOL

Displays pool limits
Displays secondary pool

Displays information about the current system.
SHOW TASKS

SHOW TASKS[:taskname]/qualifiers

Command Qualifiers

Comments

/ ACTIVE[:ttnn:]
/ALL
/BRIEF
/DEVICE:ddnn:
/FULL
/INSTALLED
/LOGICAL _UNITS

Use only with /INSTALL/BRIEF
Static logical unit numbers (LUNs)
for installed task qualifier

Displays information about active or installed tasks.
SHOW TASKS/ACTIVE/DYNAMIC

SHOW TASKS[:taskname]/DYNAMIC

Format to display information on a single active task:
SHOW TASKS:taskname/DYNAMIC
Format to display information on all active tasks:
SHOW TASKS/ ACTIVE/DYNAMIClIqualifiers]
Command Qualifiers

/OWNER:arg
ddnn:
/ALL
/PRIORITY:n
/RATE:n

Comments

Default
Default for n is 250
Rate in seconds for display change;
default is 1

Invokes Resource Monitoring Display (RMD) to display on a video
terminal continuously updated information on a single task or on all
or part of the active task list. On a hardcopy terminal, the SHOW
TASKS/ ACTIVE/DYNAMIC command provides a static display.

Digital Command language (DCl)

SHOW TERMINAL

SHOW TERMINAL[:ttnn:][/qualifler]

Command Qualifiers

/[NO]ANSI_CRT
/[NO]ADVANCED_VIDEO
/[NO]AUTOBAUD
/[NO]ASR33
/[NO]ASR35
/[NO]BLOCK-MODE
/CHARACTER_LENGTH
/[NO]CONTROL=C
/[NO]CRFILL
/DCL
/[NO]DEC_CRT
/DTCOI
/[NO]ECHO
/[NO]EDIT-MODE
/[NO]EIGHT_BIT
/[NO]ESCAPE
/[NO]FORMJEED
/[NO]FULL _DUPLEX
/[NO]HARDCOPY
/[NO]HOLD_SCREEN
/[NO]HOST_SYNC
/HT
/[NO]INTERACTIVE
/[NO]KSR33
/[NO]LA12
/[NO]LA24
/[NO]LA30P
/[NO]LA30S
/[NO]LA34
/[NO]LA36
/[NO]LA38
/[NO]LA50
/[NO]LA75
/[NO]LAIOO
/[NO]LA120
/[NO]LA180S
/[NO]LA200_SERIES
/[NO]LA210
/[NO]LFFILL
/[NO]LN03
/[NO]LOCAL
/LOGGED_ON
/[NO]LOWERCASE
/[NO]LQPOI
/[NO]LQP02
/[NO]LQP03

Digital Command language (DCl)

/MCR
/MODEL
/PAGE_LENGTH
/[NO]P ARITY
/[NO]P ASSALL
/[NO]P ASTHRU
/PRINTERJORT
/[NO]PRIVILEGE
/[NO]PRO_SERIES
/[NO]REGIS
/[NO]REMOTE
/RT
/[NO]SCOPE
/[NO]SERIAL
/[NO]SLAVE
/SPEED
/[NO]SOFT_CHARACTERS
/[NO]TAB
/TI:

/TT
/[NO]TTSYNC
/[NO]TYPE-AHEAD
/[NO]UPPERCASE
/VT
/[NO]VT05B
/[NO]VT50
/[NO]VT52
/[NO]VT55
/[NO]VT61
/[NO]VTIOO
/[NO]VTIOI
/[NO]VTI02
/[NO]VTI05
/[NO]VT125
/[NO]VT131
/[NO]VT132
/[NO]VT200_SERIES
/WIDTH
/[NO]WRAP

Displays information about your terminal and other terminals on your
system.
SHOW UIC

SHOW UIC

Displays your User Identification Code (UIC).

Digital Command language (DCl)

SHOW USERS

Displays all currently logged-in terminals, including DECnet host
terminals and virtual terminals, with the default directory and login
UIC for each.
ST ART

ST ART[/ quallfter][ taskname]

Command Quallfter

Comments

/TERMINAL:ttnn: (P)

Resumes execution of a task stopped by a STOP$S directive. The
taskname parameter defaults to ttnn:.
START PROCESSORNAME (P) START/quallfter processorname/quallfter
Command Quallfters
/ APPLICATIONSJROCESSOR
/BATCHJROCESSOR
/CARD-READER
/DEVICE
/INPUT
/PRINTER
/PROCESSOR
Parameter Quallfters

/FORMS:n
/CONTINUE
/RESTART
/NEXT
/TOP_OFJILE
/BACKSPACE:n
/FORWARDSPACE:n
/PAGE:n
/ALIGN

Comments

Same as /INPUT
Same as /PRINTER

Comments
Overrides initialization value
Default

Starts an output processor or card-reader processor.
START/QUEUE (P)

START/QUEUE queuename

Starts a queue.

Digital Command language (DCl)

START/QUEUE/MANAGER (P )

START/QUEUE/MANAGER

Starts the Queue Manager.
START/UNBLOCK

START/UNBLOCK[ quallfler][taskname]

Command Qualifier

/TERMINAL:ttnn: (P)

Continues the execution of a task blocked by the STOP/BLOCK
command. Nonprivileged users can unblock any task running from
their own terminals. Privileged users can unblock any task.
STOP/ABORT

STOP/ABORT prlnter[:]

Stops the current job on a line printer immediately. Privileged users
can stop any job. Nonprivileged users can stop only their own jobs.
STOP/BLOCK

STOP/BLOCK [/ quallfler][taskname]

Command Qualifier

/TERMINAL:ttnn: (P)

Blocks an installed running task. The task no longer executes or
competes for memory. Nonprivileged users can block tasks running
from their own terminals. Privileged users can block any task.
STOP PROCESSORNAME (P )

STOP/qualifier processorname/ qualifier

Command Qualifiers

/ APPLICATIONSJROCESSOR
/BATCHJROCESSOR
/CARD-READER
/DEVICE
/INPUT
/PRINTER
/PROCESSOR

Comments

Same as /INPUT
Same as /PRINTER

Digital Command language (DCl)

Parameter Quallfters

Comments

IABORT

IFILE-END
IJOB-END

IPAUSE

Stops a batch processor, card-reader processor, printer, or other output
processor.
STOP/QUEUE (P )

STOP/QUEUE queuename

Stops queues.
STOP/QUEUE/MANAGER (P)

STOP/QUEUE/MANAGER[/ ABORT]

Stops the Queue Manager after the current job. The / ABORT qualifier
stops the Queue Manager immediately.
SUBMIT

SUBMIT[/quallfters] ftlespec[,s]

Command Quallfters

Comments

I AFTER:TOMORROW
I AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm)
I[NO]DELETE
I[NO]HOLD

I[NO]LOGJILE
INAME:jobname
I[NO]PRINTER[:queuename]
IPRIORITY:n

Deletes batch file after run; command
or filespec qualifier
Default is INOHOLD; IHOLD has same
effect as HOLD command
1-9 characters; default is first file name
Optional name queue for log print job
n is 1-150 nonprivileged; 1-250
privileged; default n = 50

IQUEUE:queuename
I[NO]RESTART
I[NO]TRANSFER

Creates a waiting line of batch jobs for processing by a batch
processor.

Digital Command language (DCl)

TYPE

TYPE[/quallflers] fllespec[,s]

Command Qualifiers
/DATE:dd-mmm-yy
jEXCLUDE:filespec
jSINCE:dd-mmm-yy
jSINCE:dd-mmm-yyjTHROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
jTHROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
jTODAY

Prints selected files on your terminal.
UNFIX

UNFIX£/quallfler] taskname

Command Qualifiers
jREGION
jREADONLY_SEGMENT

Comments
RO segment of multiuser task

Frees a fixed task or region from memory. The taskname parameter
can also be a region name.
UNLOCK

UNLOCK[/ qualifiers] fllespec[ ,s]

Command Qualifiers
Comments
jDATE:dd-mmm-yy
jEXCLUDE:filespec
jSINCE:dd-mmm-yy
jSINCE:dd-mmm-yyjTHROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
jTHROUGH:dd-mmm-yy
jTODAY

Unlocks locked files. Locked files are files that have been improperly
closed. They are identified by an L in the directory listing.

utilities

BAD COMMAND SUMMARY
Command lines for the Bad Block Locator Utility (BAD) use the format
shown next.
Format

BAD' ddnn:[jswitchl. .. ]
In this command line, dd is the abbreviation for the volume on which
BAD is being run and nn is the unit number of the volume.
Switches
ALLOCATE

BAD ddnn:/ ALO[:volumelabel1

Prompts you for blocks to be allocated to the BADBLK.SYS file and to
be entered in the bad block descriptor file.
CSR ADDRESS

BAD ddnn:CSR=nnnnn

Specifies the CSR address of a device that is not in a standard location
(standalone version of BAD only).
LIST

BAD ddnn:/LI

Lists bad blocks as they are located.
MANUAL

BAD ddnn:/MAN

Allows you to enter bad blocks, which are then included in the bad
block descriptor file.
NOWRITECHECK

BAD ddnn:/NOWCHK

Negates the effect of /WCHK.
OVERRIDE

BAD ddnn:/OVR

Creates the bad block descriptor file on a last-track device.
PATTERN

BAD ddnn:/PAT=m:n

Specifies the doubleword data pattern used to locate bad blocks.

BAD Command Summary

RETRY

BAD ddnn:/RETRY

Recovers hardware errors and software errors.
UPDATE

BAD ddnn:/UPD

Reads the bad block descriptor file and prompts for your entries.
VECTOR

BAD ddnn:/VEC=nnn

Specifies the interrupt vector address of a device that is not in a
standard location (standalone version of BAD only).
WRITECHECK

BAD ddnn:/WCHK

Causes a write-check operation to take place after each write operation
(standalone version -of BAD only). The switch is not valid for
DT-, DX-, or DY-type devices.

BRU COMMAND SUMMARY
Command lines for the Backup and Restore Utility (BRU) use the format
shown next.
Format

n outdevice[, ...]

j qualifiers[ ... ] indevice[, ... ][filespec[, ...

In this command line, the qualifier or qualifiers are any of the command
qualifiers listed below, indevices are the physical device or devices from
which data is transferred, filespec is the particular file or category of file to
be backed up or restored, and the outdevice or outdevices are the output
devices to which data is being transferred.
Qualifiers
/APPEND

Appends new backup data to a magnetic tape or to a disk if you are
using the jIMAGE qualifier.
/BACKUP_SET:name

Specifies the name of the backup set to be placed on magnetic tape or
disk.
/BAD:MANUAL
AUTOMATIC
OVERRIDE

Enters the locations of bad blocks on volumes. The default is
jBAD:AUTOMATIC.
/BUFFERS: number

Specifies the default number of directory File Control Blocks (FCBs)
kept by the Ancillary Control Processor (ACP) for the volume.
/COMPARE:SINGLEBUFFER
:DOUBLEBUFFER

Compares the data on the output volume to the data on the input
volume and reports any differences. The DOUBLEBUFFER option
is the default for MU-type devices, and its use is restricted to these
devices. SINGLEBUFFER is the default for devices other than the
MU-type.

BRU Command Summary

/CREATED:BEFORE:dd-mmm-yy
BEFORE:hh:mm:ss
BEFORE(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm:ss)
AFTER:dd-mmm-yy
AFTER:hh:mm:ss
AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm:ss)

Directs BRU to process files created before or after a specified date or
time or both.
/DENSITY:number

Specifies the data density at which BRU writes to tape.
/DIRECTORY

Displays information (such as backup set names, file names, or the
volume number of a tape or disk) for a specified tape or disk volume.
/DISPLAY

Displays at your terminal the directory and file name of each file being
backed up.
/ERRORS:n

Terminates a restore operation after the specified number of errors is
reached. The default number of errors is 25. The qualifier can also
be used with double-buffered compare and verify operations on data
backed up from a disk to an MU-type device. The default number of
errors is 25.
/EXCLUDE

Excludes selectively from a backup or restore operation all files
specified on the command line.
/EXTEND:number

Specifies the number of blocks by which a file is extended when that
file has exhausted its allocated space.
/HEADERS:number

Specifies the number of file headers to allocate initially to the index
file.

BRU Command Summary

/IDENTIFICATION

Directs BRU to identify itself by displaying its version.
/IMAGE:SAVE
RESTORE

Specifies that you want to do a multiple disk-to-disk backup or restore
operation. Use the SAVE option for backup operations. Use the
RESTORE option for restore operations.
/INITIALIZE

Directs BRU to initialize the output disk before proceeding with the
operation.
/INVOLUME:name

Specifies the volume label of the input disk.
/LENGTH:number

Specifies the length of the output magnetic tape in decimal feet.
/MAXIMUM:number

Specifies the maximum number of files that can b:! placed on a volume
as determined by the number of file headers in the volume's index
file.
/MOUNTED

Allows you to back up files from a disk that is mounted (with the
MCR or DCL command MOUNT) as a Files-II volume.
/NEW_VERSION

Directs BRU to resolve conflicts resulting from files with identical file
specifications by creating a new version of the file.
/NOINITIALIZE

Specifies that you do not want to initialize the output disk because it
is already in Files-II format.

BRU Command Summary

/NOPRESERVE

Specifies that you do not want to preserve file identifiers.
/NOSUPERSEDE

Specifies that when files on the input and output volumes have
identical file specifications, the input files will not be transferred
and the output files will not be superseded. The default is
/NOSUPERSEDE.
/OUTVOLUME:name

Specifies the volume label of the output disk. The label can be up to
1210 characters long.
/POSITION:BEGINNING
MIDDLE
END
BLOCK:number

Specifies the location of the index file on the output disk volume.
/PROTECTlON:SYSTEM:value
OWNER:value
GROUP:value
WORLD:value

Specifies the default protection status for all files created on the output
volume being initialized.
/REVISED:BEFORE:dd-mmm-yy
BEFORE:hh:mm:ss
BEFORE:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm:ss)
AFTER:dd-mmm-yy
AFTER:hh:mm:ss
AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm:ss)

Directs BRU to process files revised before or after a specified date or
time.
/REWIND

Rewinds the first tape of a magnetic tape set before performing the
operation.

BRU Command Summary

/SUPERSEDE

Resolves file specification conflicts by deleting the old file on the
output volume and by replacing it with the file from the input volume.
(The default is /NOSUPERSEDE.)
/TAPE_LABEL:label

Specifies a 6-character ANSI volume identifier for identifying the
magnetic tape volume.
/UFD

Directs BRU to create User File Directories (UFOs) (if they do not
already exist) on a mounted output volume and then to copy into
them the files from the same directories on the input volume. Used
only with the /NOINITIALIZE qualifier.
/VERIFY:SINGLEBUFFER
DOUBLE BUFFER

Copies data from the input volume to the output volume, compares
the volumes, and reports any differences. The DOUBLEBUFFER
option is the default for MU-type devices. SINGLEBUFFER is the
default for devices other than the MU-type.
/WINDOWS:number

Specifies for the output disk the default number of mapping pointers
allocated for file windows. The default number is the same as that for
the input disk.

CMP COMMAND SUMMARY
Command lines for the File Compare Utility (CMP) use the format shown
next.
Format
CMP [outfile[/sw ...=]]infilel,infile2
In this command line, outfile is the file specification for the output file that
contains the comparison, sw is one or more of the CMP switches described
below, and infiles are the two files being compared.
If you do not specify an output file, CMP output defaults to TI: and is
displayed on your terminal. If you specify the equal sign (=), but no

output file, CMP displays only the total number of differences it finds in
the input files.
CMP switches always modify the output file specification or the default
output file specification.
Switches
BLANK LINES

[outflle]/[ - ]Bl=lnflle l,Inflle2

Specifies that blank lines in both files be included in compare
processing. If specified in the form I -BL, blank lines are not included
in compare processing. I-BL is the default switch.
CHANGE BARS

[outflle ]/[ - ]CB=lnflle l,Inflle2

Specifies that CMP list infile2 with change bars, in the form of
exclamation points (!), to denote each line that does not have a
corresponding line in infilel. I-CB is the default switch.
You can change the change bar character from the exclamation
point to any character you wish by means of the IVB switch. See
VERTICAL BAR.
When a section of lines in infilel has been deleted in infile2 (the
output listing file), the first line after the deleted lines is marked.

CMP Command Summary

COMMENTS

[outftle ]/[ -]CO=lnftle 1,lnftle2

Specifies that eMP include comments (that is, text preceded by a
semicolon) in compare processing. leo is the default switch.
DIFFERENCES

[outftle ]/[ -]DI=lnftle 1, Inftle2

Specifies that eMP list the differences between the two files (rather
than marking the lines in infile2). IDI is the default switch.

leB and IDI are mutually exclusive switches. If both are specified,
leB overrides IDI.
FORM-FEED

[outftle ]/[ -]FF=lnftle 1,lnftle2

Specifies that eMP include records consisting of a single form-feed
character in compare processing. I -FF is the default switch.
LINES

[outftle]/LI:n=lnftle 1,lnftle2

Specifies that a number (n) of lines must be identical before eMP
recognizes a match. If you do not specify this switch, eMP searches
for three identical lines to match (/LI:3).
When it encounters a match, eMP prints all the preceding
nonmatching lines, along with the first line of the matched sequence
of lines, to help you find the location in the code where the match
occurred.
LINE NUMBER

[outftle]/LN=lnftle 1,lnftle2

Specifies that lines in the output file be preceded by their line number.
Line numbers are incremented by 1 for each record read, including
blank lines. ILN is the default switch. If you specify ISL (following),
ILN is unnecessary.
MERGE BLANKS

[outftle ]/[ -]MB=lnftle 1,lnftle2

Specifies that eMP include all blank and tab characters in a line
in compare processing. If you specify I-MB, eMP interprets any
sequence of blank characters or tab characters as a single blank
character in compare processing. However, all spaces and tabs are
printed in the output listing. 1MB is the default switch.

CMP Command Summary

SLP FILE

ouf1lIe/SL[:au]=ln1lIe l,In1lle2

Directs CMP to generate an output file suitable for use as SLP
command input. When you specify ISL, CMP generates the SLP
command input necessary to make infile1 identical to infile2. If a
1- to 8-character alphanumeric symbol is included (:au), an audit trail
is specified for SLP input.
SPOOL

ouf1lIe/[· ]SP[:n]=ln1lIe l,In1lle2

Specifies that the output file be spooled on the line printer. You
can optionally specify the number (in octal or decimal) of files to be
spooled. I -SP is the default switch.
This switch applies only if you have the Queue Manager (QMG)
installed.
TRAILING BLANKS

[ouf1lle ]/[. ]T8=ln1lle l,In1lle2

Specifies that CMP include all trailing blanks on a line in compare
processing. If you specify 1-TB, CMP ignores all blanks following the
last nonblank character on a line. When you specify I -CO and 1-TB
together, blanks that precede a semicolon (;) are considered trailing
blanks and are ignored. ITB is the default switch.
VERTICAL BAR

ouf1lIe/VB:nnn=ln1lIe l,In1lle2

Specifies an octal character code for use as a change bar. You use
this switch with the ICB switch. The value nnn specifies the octal
character code. For example, you can specify IVB:174 for a vertical
bar (if your printer is capable of printing the vertical bar character).
IVB:041 (for the exclamation point) is the default switch.

DMP COMMAND SUMMARY
Command lines for the File Dump Utility (DMP) use the format shown
next.
Format

[outfileU/switch(es)]=inspec[/switch(es)]
In this command line, outfile specifies the output file dump, switch(es)
specifies one or more of the DMP switches described below, and inspec
specifies the input device and file or input device only.
Switches
ASCII

outflle=lnftle/ AS

Specifies that data be dumped 1 byte at a time in ASCII mode.
BASE ADDRESS

outfte/BA:n:m=lnftle

Specifies a 2-word base block address.
BLOCK

outftle=lnftle/BL:n:m

Specifies the first and last logical blocks to be dumped.
BYTE

outftle=lnftle/BY

Specifies that data be dumped in octal byte format.
DECIMAL

outftle/DC=lnftle

Specifies that data be dumped in decimal word format.
DENSITY

outftle=lnftle/DENS:n

Specifies density of an input magnetic tape when DMP is in device
mode only. Values for n can be 800, 1600, or 6250.
FILE 10

outftle=lnftle/FI:ftlenumber:sequencenumber

Specifies the input file with its file ID instead of its name (file mode
only).

DMP Command Summary

HEADER

oufftle=lnftle/HD:F
oufftle=lnftle/HD:U

Includes the file header in the data dumped. F, the default, specifies
a formatted Files-II dump for the header. U specifies an unformatted
octal dump.
HEADER FILES-ll

oufftle=lnftle/HF

Specifies the format for data blocks that have the Files-II header
structure. Other blocks are dumped as unformatted octal.
HEXADECIMAL

oufftle/HX=lnftle

Specifies that data be dumped in hexadecimal byte format.
IDENTIFICATION

/ID

Causes the current version of DMP to be displayed or printed.
LIMIT

/LlM:n:m

Specifies the range of bytes n to m of each record or block to be
dumped.
LOGICAL BLOCK

oufftle=lnftle/LB

Requests the starting (logical) block number and a contiguous or
noncontiguous indication for the file to be displayed.
LOWERCASE

oufftle=lnftle/LC

Specifies that the data should be dumped in lowercase characters. This
switch is valid only if the output device supports lowercase characters.
LONG WORD

oufftle=lnftle/LW

Specifies that data be dumped in hexadecimal doubleword format.
MEMORY

oufftle/MD:[n]=lnftle

Controls line number sequencing during a memory image dump.
OCTAL

oufftle=lnftle/OCT

Specifies that the data should be dumped in octal format. If no DMP
format switches are included, the default is octal format.

DMP Command Summary

RECORD

outftl8=lnftle/RC

Dumps one record at a time in the specified format.
REWIND

outftle/RW=lnftle[/RW]

Issues a rewind command to the tape driver before referencing a
specified tape. You can use the /RW switch at any time to reposition
a tape at beginning-of-tape (BOT).
RADIX-50

outftl8=lnftle/R5

Dumps in Radix-50 word format.
SPACE BLOCKS

outftI8=Inftle/SB:[-]n

Specifies the number of blocks DMP spaces forward (n) or backward
(-n) on a tape.
SPACE FILES

outftI8=Inftle/SF:[ -]n

Specifies the number of end-of-file (EOF) marks DMP spaces forward
(n) or backward (-n) on a tape.
SPOOL

outftle/SP=lnftle

Spools the dump file (the output file) to the line printer.
WORD

outftl8=lnftle/WD

Specifies that data be dumped in hexadecimal word format.

DSC COMMAND SUMMARY
Command lines for the Disk Save and Compress Utility (DSC) use the
format shown next.
Format

DSC outdev[s]:pabel][/switch[es]]=indev[s]:pabel][/switch]
In this command line, outdev[s] is the physical volume or volumes to
which data is copied, label identifies the Volume ID of the output or input
device, switch[es] is the command switches described next, and indev[s] is
the physical volume or volumes from which data is copied.
Switches
APPEND

outdev:/ AP=lndev

Appends a DSC file to the first volume of a magnetic tape set that
already contains a DSC file.
BAD

outdev:/BAD=MAN:NOAUTO=lndev
/BAD=NOAUTO
MAN
OVR
MAN:OVR

Allows manual entry of bad block locations; can supplement, override,
or ignore the disk's own bad block file.
BLOCKS

outdev:/Bl=n=lndev

Sets the number of 256-word blocks DSC can include in each of its
two buffers.
COMPARE

outdev:/CMP=lndev

Compares input and output volumes for differences.
DENSITY

outdev:/DEN5=nnnn=lndev

Overrides the DSC default storage density for magnetic tapes of
800 bpi. The first form of the switch creates magnetic tapes at
1600-bpi density. The second form (the split density switch) creates
magnetic tapes with volume header information at 800 bpi and the
rest of the tape at 1600 bpi.

DSC Command Summary

REWIND

outdev:/RW=lndev

Rewinds all volumes in a magnetic set before execution of the current
command line.
VERIFY

outdev/VE=lndev

Copies data from the input volume and compares it with the output
volume following the data transfer.

LINE TEXT EDITOR (EDI) COMMANDS
In this section, the following conventions are used:
The asterisk (.) can be used in place of any numeric argument in an EDI
command. It evaluates to 32,76710 , For example, the following line prints
the remainder of the block buffer or file:
>P *

An ellipsis ( ... ) can be used in many search strings to identify characters
between the first and last characters of the string.
EDI allows the use of abbreviations in commands.

Commands
Add

A string

Adds the text in the string to the end of the current line.
Add & Print

AP string

Adds the text in the string to the end of the current line and displays
the entire line of the terminal.
ALTMODE Key

rmJ

In block mode, causes the system to print the previous line in the
block. That line becomes the current line.
Begin

Sets the current line to the line preceding the top line in the file or
block buffer. In line mode, creates a copy of the file.
Block On/Off

BL OFF or BL [ON]

Changes from the EDI block mode to line mode or from line mode to
block mode to access text.
Bottom

Moves the line pointer to the bottom of the current block (in block
mode) or to the bottom of the file (in line mode).

Line Text Editor (EDI) Commands

Change

[n]C jstrlng 1jstrlng2[!]

Replaces string 1 with string 2 in the current line n times.
Close

CL [ftlespec]

Transfers the remaining lines in the block buffer and input file to the
output file and closes all files. Renames output files to filespec.
Close at Delete

CD [ftlespec]

Transfers the remaining lines in the block buffer and the input file to
the output file, closes the output file, and deletes the input file.
Close Secondary

CLOSES

Closes the secondary input file.
Concatenation Character

CC [character]

Changes the concatenation character used to separate EDI commands
on one line to the character specified. (The default concatenation
character is the ampersand ( & ).)

ccrm:m

CTRLjZ

Closes all open files and terminates the editing session.
Delete

0 [n] or 0 -n

Deletes the current line and the next n-l lines if n is a positive
number. Deletes n lines preceding the current line, but not the current
line, if n is a negative number. Negative numbers can be used only in
block mode.
Delete at Print

DP [n] or DP -n

Deletes lines specified and prints the new current line.
End

Sets the last line in a file or block buffer as the current line.
Erase

ERASE[n]

Erases the current line in line mode. Erases the current block buffer
and the next n-l blocks in block mode.

Line Text Editor (EDI) Commands

ESCAPE Key

IESCJ

In block mode, prints previous line in block and makes it the new
current line. In input mode, it terminates the line of input and, if
entered as the first character in the line, exits from input mode.
Exit

EX [ftlespec]

Transfers the remaining lines in the block buffer and input file to
the output file. Closes files, renames the output file if specified, and
terminates the editing session.
Exit at Delete

ED [ftlespec]

Transfers the remaining lines in the block buffer and input file to
the output file, closes files, and renames the output file if specified.
Deletes the input file and terminates the editing session.
File

FIL ftlespec

Transfers lines from the input file to both the output file and the
specified file until a form feed or end-of-file is encountered. The
original file remains intact. This command is used only in line mode.
Find

[n]F [string]

Finds the line in the current block starting with string, or the nth line
starting with string. A string must begin in the first column of the line
to be a match.
Form Feed

Inserts a form feed into the block buffer.
Insert

I [string]

Enters the specified string immediately following the current line. If
no string is specified, EDI enters input mode.
Kill

KILL

Closes the input file and deletes the output file.
Line Change

[n]LC /strlngl/strlng2[/1

Changes all occurrences of string! in the current line (and n-l lines)
to string2.

Line Text Editor (EDI) Commands

List on Pseudo Device

Displays on the Console Listing Device, CL:, lines remaining in the
block buffer or input file, starting with the current line.
List on Terminal

Displays on the terminal all lines remaining in the block buffer or
input file, starting with the current line.
Locate

[n]L [string]

Locates the nth or next occurrence of the specified string. In block
mode, the search stops at the end of the current block.
Macro

MACRO x definition

Defines the macro number x for the EDI commands in the definition.
The value x can be I, 2, or 3.
Macro Call

Retrieves a macro definition stored in the file MCALL;n.
Macro Execute

[n]Mx [a]

Executes macro x n times, while passing numeric argument a to it.
The value x can be I, 2, or 3.
Macro Immediate

[n] < definition>

Defines and executes a macro n times. Stores macro definition in
macro number 1 storage area.
Next

N[n] or N -n

Establishes a new current line n lines away from the current line.
Next & Print

NP[n] or NP -n

Establishes a new current line and displays it on the terminal.
Open Secondary

OP filespec

Opens the specified secondary input file.

Line Text Editor (EDI) Commands

Output On/Off

OU [ON] or OU OFF

Continues or discontinues a file transfer to output file in line mode.
Overlay

O[n]

Deletes n lines, enters input mode, and inserts new lines, as typed, in
place of the deleted lines.
Page

PAG n or PAG -n

Enters block mode. Reads page n into current block buffer. If n is less
than the current page, ED! goes to the top of the file first. Pages are
set by form-feed characters.
Page Find

[n]PF string

Searches successive block buffers for the nth occurrence of the string.
The string must begin in the first column of the line.
Page Locate

[n]PL string

Searches successive blocks for the nth occurrence of the string. The
string can begin anywhere on the line.
Paste

PA / strln~ 1/strlng2[!]

Searches for all remaining lines in the input file or block buffer that
contains stringl and replaces them with string2.
Print

P [n]

Displays the current line and the next n-l lines on the terminal. The
last line printed becomes the current line.
Read

REA [n]

Reads the next n blocks of text into the block buffer. If the buffer
already contains text, the new text is appended to it.
Renew

REN [n]

Writes the current block to an output file and reads a new block n
from an input file (block mode only).

Line Text Editor (EDI) Commands

RETURN Key

IREIl

Displays the next line on the terminal and makes it the current line.
Exits from input mode if it is entered as the first character of a line.
Retype

R [string]

Replaces the current line with the specified string or deletes the
current line if no string is specified.
Save

SA [n] [filespec]

Saves the current line and the next n-l lines in the specified file. If no
file is specified, saves the lines in the SAVE.TMP file.
Search & Change

SC /strlngl/strlng2[/1

Locates string 1 and replaces it with string 2.
Select Primary

Selects or reestablishes the primary file as the input file.
Select Secondary

Selects the secondary file that will be an input file.
Size

SIZE n

Specifies the maximum number of lines that can be read into a block
buffer.
Tab On/Off

TA [ON] or TA OFF

Turns automatic tabbing on or off.
Top

Sets the current line to the line preceding the top line in the file or
block buffer. In line mode, creates a copy of the file.
Top of File

TOF

Returns to the top of the input file in block mode and saves all of the
previously edited pages. Reads in a new block after writing the output
file. This command creates a new version of the file each time it is
executed in line mode.

Line Text Editor (EDI) Commands

Type

TV [n]

Displays the next n lines on the terminal. This command is identical
to the PRINT command in line mode. However, in block mode, the
line pointer remains at the current line unless EDI reached the end of
a block.
Unsave

UNS [filespec]

Inserts all lines from the specified file following the current line. If no
file name is used, EDI uses SAYE. TMP.
Uppercase On/Off

UC [ON] or UC OFF

Enables or disables conversion of lowercase letters to uppercase letters
when they are entered at a terminal.
Verify On/Off

V [ON] or V OFF

Selects whether the operation of the LOCATE and CHANGE
commands will be verified (printed on the terminal) after the line
is located or changed.
Write

Writes the contents of the block buffer to the output file and erases
the block buffer.

DIGITAL STANDARD EDITOR (EDT) COMMANDS
EDT lets you edit text in line mode and character mode, using the keypad
or nokeypad functions.

Line Mode Commands
You can tell EDT is in line mode when you receive an asterisk ( • ) prompt.
You can then edit the text on a line-by-line basis. Press CTRL/Z to exit from
EDT. The following commands work from EDT line mode:
CHANGE

C[range]

Starts either keypad or nokeypad character editing, depending upon
the terminal type. EDT defaults to keypad character editing for VT52,
VT100, and VT200-series terminals and nokeypad editing for all other
terminals. EDT puts the cursor ahead of the location you specify as
range.
Pressing CTRL/Z returns you to line mode.
CLEAR

CL textbutrer

Deletes the contents of a text buffer but does not delete the buffer
itself.
COpy

CO [range-l] TO [range-2][/ quallfter(s)]

Copies text from range-1 to the location in front of the line you
specify in range-2. EDT can copy from one buffer to another or from
one place to another within a text buffer.
Qualifiers
/QUERY

Verifies each line to be inserted.

/DUPLICATE

Inserts the range of text more than once.

DEFINE KEY

DEF K{[GOLD]{numberICONTROL letter} I
GOLD character}AS'strlng'

Redefines keypad keys in terms of nokeypad commands. The
following table describes the command format:
Braces { }

You must choose one of the options.

OR I

Separates choices.

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

Brackets [ ]

You can use the GOLD key to specify the
alternate function of a keypad or control
key.

number

Number of the keypad key.

CONTROL letter

Press the CONTROL key and a character from
A to Z.

GOLD

The GOLD keypad key.

GOLD character

Press the GOLD and any keypad character
except 0 to 9, !, %, " and ".

string

One or more nokeypad commands used to
redefine the key.

DEFINE MACRO

DEF M macroname

Assigns a name to a sequence of editor commands stored in the file
macroname.
DELETE

D [range][!quallfler]

Deletes the lines specified and displays a message stating the number
of lines deleted. When you do not specify a range, the DELETE
command deletes the current line.
Qualifier
/QUERY
EXIT

Verifies each line to be deleted.

EX[fllespec][/qualifler(s)]

Ends an editing session and moves the main text buffer to the output
file specified. You can define the name of the output file in the
command line that invokes EDT or in the EXIT command.
Qualifiers
/SEQ[UENCE][:initial
[:increment]]

Assigns integer line numbers
before the text transfer and
places them in a fixed field in
the file. You define the initial
number and the increment
between numbers.

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

jSA[VE]

FIND

Saves the journal file created
during the editing session.

F range

Locates the line or lines specified by range.
HELP

H [toplc[ subtopic]]

Displays information on requested topics or sUbtopics.
INCLUDE

INC ftlespec [range]

Copies disk files into text buffers. The filespec parameter is the name
of the file you want to copy. EDT copies the file to the current text
buffer in front of the first line of the range.
INSERT

I [range][:lIne to be Inserted]

Inserts text into a buffer. When you specify a range, EDT inserts the
text before the first line of the range. If you do not specify a range,
EDT inserts the text before the current line.
MOVE

M [range-l] TO [range+n2][/quallfter]

Moves the lines in range-l to the location preceding range-2. Deletes
the text from range-I.
Qualifier
jQUERY

EDT prompts you to verify each line of range-I to be
moved.

null (Implied TYPE)

[range] IlEl

Displays the next line of text. You can specify a range of text to be
displayed. However, the REST, WHOLE, BEGIN, END, LAST, and
ALL range specifications must be preceded by a percent sign ( % ).
PRINT

P ftlespec[range]

Copies text from a text buffer into a file. Range selects a portion of the
buffer to be copied. Without a range, the default is the current text
buffer.

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

QUIT

QUIT[! qua lifter]

Ends the current editing session without saving the main text buffer.
Qualifier
/SAVE

REPLACE

Saves the contents of the journal file under the name
specified in the command line to invoke EDT.
R [range][;lIne to be Inserted]

Deletes lines specified in range and inserts new text. EDT inserts the
new text at the first line in the range specification. Without a range,
EDT deletes the current line and inserts the new text in its place.
RESEQUENCE

RES [range][!quallfter]

Assigns new line numbers to the contents of a buffer or the range
of lines specified. Without a range, EDT resequences all lines in the
current text buffer.
Qualifier
/SEQ[UENCE][ :initial[:increment]]

SET

Sets the first line resequenced
to the initial value and
increments succeeding
numbers by the increment
specified.

SET parameter

Controls the operating characteristics of EDT.

Parameters
CASE {UPPER I LOWER I NONE}

EDT flags uppercase or lowercase characters with a preceding
apostrophe. The default is NONE, which does not flag any characters.
CURSOR top:bottom

Sets the number of lines over which the cursor moves on the display.
Top is the number of lines for the upper limit and bottom is the
number of lines for the lower limit.

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

ENTITY {WORD I SENTENCE I PARAGRAPH I PAGE) 'string'

Sets user-definable entities for character operation.
KEYPAD

Allows the keypad to control the character-editing operation.
LINES number

Sets the number of lines that EDT displays on the terminal during
character editing.
MODE {LINE I CHANGE)

Used in a startup command file to control the editing mode entered at
the end of the initialization.
[NO]NUMBERS

Determines whether EDT displays line numbers in line editing.
Default: NUMBERS
[NO]QUIET

Controls the ringing of the terminal bell when an error occurs in
change mode editing. Default: NOQUIET
SCREEN width

Controls the maximum width of the line EDT displays. Default: 80
characters
SEARCH {EXACT I GENERAL)

EDT searches for exact comparisons of case or ignores case in searches.
Default: GENERAL
{BOUNDED I UNBOUNDED} EDT stops searching at the next page
entity marker. Default: UNBOUNDED
{BEGIN I END} EDT leaves the cursor at the end of the string when it
is found. If the string is not found, the cursor does not move. Default:
BEGIN

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

{TAB n I NOTAB}

Sets the number of spaces for the first tab stop in keypad editing.
Remaining tabs are unchanged. Default: 8
TERMINAL {HCPY I VT52 I VT 100 I VT200}

Determines the type of terminal in use. EDT gets the terminal type
from the operating system and this command overrides that setting.
[NO]TRUNCATE

Ends display of a line at the value of SET SCREEN. Default:
TRUNCATE
[NO]VERIFY

Enables or disables display of commands from command files and
macro commands. Default: NOVERIFY
[NO]WRAP n

Sets or eliminates a line length limit of n character positions. Default:
NOWRAP
SHOW

SHOW parameter

Displays the operating characteristics of EDT.

Parameters
BUFFER

Lists the buffers in use during the current editing session and the
number of lines of text in each.
CASE

Shows the current case setting.
CURSOR

Shows the current cursor range.
ENTITY {WORD I SENTENCE I PARAGRAPH I PAGE}

Shows the current setting for the user-default entity specified.

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

KEY {[GOLD]{number I CONTROL letter} I GOLD character}

Shows the definition of the specified key in change mode.
SCREEN

Shows the current setting for screen width.
SUBSTITUTE

S/strlng-l /strlng-2/[range][/ quallfler(s)]

Replaces occurrences of string-l with string-2 within the range
specified. Without a range, EDT replaces the next occurrence of
string-l with string-2. EPT returns to the first line in the specified
range at the end of the substitution.
Qualifiers
/B[RIEF][:n]

EDT displays the first n characters of the line
containing string-I. The default for n is 10.

/Q[UERY]

EDT prompts you to verify each line of range-l to
be moved.

/NOT[YPE]

EDT does not display the lines on which it makes
substitutions.

SUBSTITUTE NEXT

[5] N[jstrlng-l/strlng-2]

EDT searches for the next occurrence of string-l from the current
location forward. The line on which the substitution is made becomes
the current line.
If you do not specify string-lor string-2, EDT uses the strings

specified in the last SUBSTITUTE command.
TYPE

T [range][/quallfler(s)]

Displays the specified range of lines or all the lines in the current text
buffer.
Qualifiers
/B[RIEF][ :n]

EDT displays the first n characters of the selected
lines. The default for n is 10.

/S[TAY]

EDT does not change the cursor position.

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

WRITE

WR ftlespec [range](/quallfter]

Copies the defined range of text from a text buffer to the specified file.
Does not change the contents of the text buffer. Without a range, EDT
copies the contents of the current text buffer to the file.
Qualifier

/SEQ[UENCE][ :initial[:increment]]

EDT writes the line numbers
as a part of the output file.

Character Mode Keypad Editing Commands
The keypad editing functions are those used when you enter character
mode with the EDT CHANGE command and set the terminal to use the
keypad keys with the SET KEYPAD command. You can also use all line
mode commands with the Gold Command Keys. The character mode
keypad editing commands are as follows:
DELETE
GOLD integer

Erases the character to the left of the cursor.
Repeats any keypad function except SPECINS, DELETE, and
CTRL/U.

LINE FEED

Erases the word to the left of the cursor.

CTRL/A

Computes tab level.

CTRL/C

Aborts the current command and returns EDT to
keypad editing.

CTRL/D

Decreases tab level.

CTRL/E

Increases tab level.

CTRL/K

Defines key.

CTRL/T

Adjusts tabs.

CTRL/U

Deletes to start of line.

CTRL/W

Refreshes screen.

CTRL/Z

Returns to line-editing prompt.

Nokeypad Change Mode Commands
Nokeypad commands have only one format. They can be used in a series
without any delimiter between commands. However, no abbreviations are
allowed.

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

ADVANCE

[-]ADV

Sets all commands forward (to the right and down from the current
cursor position). [-]ADV sets commands backward (to the left and up
from the current cursor position).
APPEND

[+ I -][count]APPEND[+ I -][entlty-count]
[+ I -]entlty[=buffer]

Moves the specified entities to another text buffer and deletes the text
from the current buffer. Buffer names the receiving text buffer. If no
buffer is specified, EDT uses the PASTE buffer.
ASCII

[count]ASC

EDT displays an ASCII character when you specify the character's
decimal number representation.
BACK

BACK

Sets all commands backward (to the left or up from the cursor).
Override with a plus sign preceding another command.
CHANGE CASE

CHGC[ entity]

Changes the case of the characters within an entity.
CUT

[+ I -][rep ]CUT[+ I -][ entlty-count][+ I -]entlty[=buffer]

Deletes the moved text from the current text buffer and moves it to
the specified text buffer, or to the PASTE buffer if no other buffer is
specified. Deletes previous contents of the receiving text buffer.
DELETE

[+ I -][ rep ]D[+ I -][ entlty-count][+ I -]entlty[=buffer]

Deletes a specified number of entities.
DEFINE KEY

DEFK

Defines the keystrokes used in keypad editing in terms of nokeypad
commands.
EXIT

Exits EDT from nokeypad editing back to line editing.

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

EXTENDED

EXT

Enters line mode commands when EDT is in character mode. Returns
to change mode after executing the command.
FILL

[+ I -][rep]FILL[+ I -][entlty-count][+ I -]entlty[=buffer]

Places the maximum amount of text on each line within the limit
determined by the SET WRAP command. Default: 80 characters
INSERT

Prepares the current text buffer for insertion of text in front of the
cursor position.
NULL

[+ I -][rep][+ I -][entlty-count][+ I -]entlty[=buffer]

Moves the cursor the specified number of entities.
PASTE

PASTE
[+ I -][ rep ]PASTE[+ I -][ entlty-count][+ I -]entlty[=buffer]

Copies the contents of the specified text buffer in front of the current
cursor location.
QUIT

QUIT

Ends the editing session without saving any edits and returns to the
monitor (CLI) prompt.
REPLACE

R
[+ I -][rep ]R[+ I -][ entlty-count][+ I -]entlty[=buffer]

Deletes the text specified and enters insert mode so that you can
replace the deleted text. To exit from insert mode here, press CTRL/Z.
REFRESH

REF

EDT refreshes the entire screen.
SUBSTITUTE

[+ I -][count]S/sl/s2

Replaces one string of characters with another. Count defines the
number of substitutions, and minus (- ) indicates a backward search.
Use any nonalphanumeric character as a delimiter, in place of the
slash (/).

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

SELECT

SEL

Lets you select a range of text by entering SEL at one end and by
moving the cursor to the other end. The select range is the text
between the cursor and the position marked by SEL.
SHIFT LEFT

[count]SHL

Shifts the screen image to the left. The amount shifted is equal to the
count you specify times 8 (one tab stop). The default count is 1.
SHIFT RIGHT

[count]SHR

Shifts the screen image to the right. The amount shifted is equal to
the count you specify times 8 (one tab stop).
SUBSTITUTE NXT

[+ I -][ count]SN

Uses the s 1 and s2 defined in the last substitute command to replace
the next occurrence of s1 with s2. Count defines the number of
substitutions, and a minus ( -) sign indicates a backward search.
TAB

TAB

When no tab size is specified with the SET TAB command or when
the cursor is not at the beginning of a line, the TAS key inserts a tab
character at the cursor position.
When a tab size is specified with the SET TAB command, and the
cursor is at the beginning of a line, TAS key moves the cursor to the
column position specified in the SET TAB command.
TAB ADJUST

[+ I -][rep]TADJ[+ I -][entlty-count]
[+ I -]entlty[=butfer]

Adjusts the tab level for the selected range of lines.
TAB COMPUTE

Sets the indentation level count to the value obtained by dividing the
current cursor column position by the SET TAB number.
TAB DECREMENT

[count]TD

Decreases the indentation level count.

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

TAB INCREMENT

[count]TI

Increases the indentation level count.
TOP

TOP

Places the current line at the top of the screen.
UNDELETE CHARACTER

[count]UNDC

Inserts the last character deleted by a DELETE CHARACTER
command into the current text buffer (in front of the cursor).
UNDELETE WORD

[count]UNDW

Inserts the last word deleted by a DELETE WORD command into the
current text buffer (in front of the cursor).
UNDELETE LINE

[count]UNDL

Inserts the last line deleted by a DELETE LINE command into the
current text buffer (in front of the cursor).
CIRCUMFLEX

[count)"[A ... Z]

Inserts a control character in the text buffer.
Line Ranges

Most EDT commands allow you to specify a range of text on which the
action of the command is performed. These ranges are:
Single Line Ranges

100

.(period)

Current location of cursor.

number[.decimal]

The line number specified.

-'string' I -"string"

The most recent preceding line containing the
string specified. Without a string specification,
EDT uses the last search string.

[range]+[number]

The line that is the specified number of lines after
the specified range.

[range]-[number]

The line that is the specified number of lines
before the specified range.

BEGIN

The first line in the text buffer.

Digital Standard Editor (EDT) Commands

END

An empty line following the last line in the text
buffer.

LAST

The last line in the most recent text buffer before
the current text buffer.

ORIGINAL number

The line numbers assigned to the text in the main
text buffer from the primary input file. You can
locate text by its original line number even after it
has been assigned new numbers.

Contiguous Line Ranges

[range-l ]:[range-2]

The set of lines from range-l to range-2 inclusive.
Range-l and Range-2 are any single line range
specification.

[range]#number I
[range]FOR number

The specified number of lines beginning with
range, where range is any single line range
specification.

BEFORE

All lines preceding the current line in the current
buffer.

REST

All lines after and including the current line.

WHOLE

The current text buffer.

Noncontiguous Ranges

[range,range, ... ] I
[range AND range ... ]

All lines specified by each range, which must be a
single line range.

[range]AlI 'string ,

All lines in the range containing the specified
string.

Text Buffer Ranges

[=buffer][range] I
[BUFFER
buffer][range]

When you use a buffer without a range
specification,the default is the entire text buffer
and the cursor is placed at the first line in the text
buffer.

101

FLX COMMAND SUMMARY
Command lines for the File Transfer Utility Program (FLX) use the format
shown next.
Format

[ddnn:[[directory]]/switch[ ... ]=]infilel[ ...]jswitch[... ]
FLX assumes the following defaults if no switches are specified in the
command line:
Input volume
Output volume

005-11
Files-II

Switches
BLOCKS

ouftlle/BL:n=lnfile

Specifies the number of contiguous blocks (n) in octal or decimal to be
allocated to the output file.
BLOCK SIZE

ouffile/BS:n=lnfile

Specifies the block size (n) for cassette tape output.
CONTIGUOUS

ouffile/CO=lnfile

Specifies that the output file is to be contiguous.
DELETE

ouffile/DE=lnflle[/DE]

Deletes files from a 005-11 or an RT -11 (used with the jRT switch)
volume.
DIRECTORY

ouffile/DI=lnfile

Causes a directory listing of a cassette or 005-11 volume or, when
used with thejRT switch, of an RT-ll volume. The directory is placed
in the specified output file.
DENSITY

ouffile/DNS:n=lnfile

Specifies a density of 800 or 1600 bpi for magnetic tape volumes or
6250 for TU81 magnetic tape volumes.

102

FLX Command Summary

005-11

outftle/DO::lnftle[/DO]

Identifies the volume as a DOS-II formatted volume.
FORMATTED ASCII

outftle/FA[:n]=lnftle

Specifies formatted ASCII transfer mode file format.
FORMATTED BINARY

outftle/FB[:n]=lnftle

Specifies formatted binary transfer mode file format.
FORTRAN CONTROL

outftle/FC=lnftle

Specifies that FORTRAN carriage control conventions are to be used.
/10

IDENTIFICATION

Displays the current version number of FLX.
IMAGE MODE

outftle/IM[:n]=lnftle

Specifies image mode (n is in decimal bytes).
LIST

outdevlce/LI

Same as /DI.
NUMBER

outftle/ZE/NU:n=lnftle

Used with the /ZE and /RT switches; specifies the number of
directory blocks (n) in octal or decimal to allocate when you are
initializing an RT -11 disk or DECtape.
RSX FORMAT

outftle/R5=lnftle[/RS]

Identifies the volume as a Files-II formatted volume.
RT FORMAT

outftle/RT=lnftle[/RT]

Identifies the volume as an RT-ll formatted volume.
REWIND

outftle/[ -]RW=lnftle[/RW]

Specifies whether a magnetic tape will rewind before FLX begins the
file transfer.

103

FLX Command Summary

SPOOL

outftle/SP=lnftle

Specifies that the converted file is to be spooled by the print spooler
or the Queue Manager (QMG).
ule

outftle/UI=lnftle

Specifies that the output file is to have the same User File Directory
(UFO) as the input file.
VERIFY

outftle/VE=lnftle

Verifies each record written to a cassette.
ZERO

outftle/ZE[:n]=lnftle/RT

Initializes cassettes or 005-11 volumes or, when used with the jRT
switch, RT -11 volumes. Initializing erases any files already on the
volume.

104

FMT COMMAND SUMMARY
Command lines for the Disk Volume Formatter Utility (FMT) use the
format shown next.
Format

FMT ddnn:[/switchl][oo.]
In this command line, dd is the abbreviation for the volume being
formatted and nn is the unit number of the volume.
Switches
BAD

ddnn:/BAD

Runs the Bad Block Locator Utility (BAD) if it is installed. Note
that you can use this switch only with operating systems that allow
spawning of tasks. RSX-IIM-PLUS provides spawned tasks as a
system generation option.
DENSITY

ddnn:/DEN5=optlon

Selects HIGH (double) or LOW (single) density for RX02 floppy
diskettes and HIGH for RX33 diskettes.
ERROR LIMIT

ddnn:/ERl=n

Determines the maximum number of errors FMT allows on the
volume.
MANUAL

ddnn:/MAN

Enters manual operating mode and formats the sector or track you
specify.
NOVERIFY

ddnn:/-VE or /NOVE

Inhibits the default verification of a successful FMT operation.
OVERRIDE

ddnn:/OVR

Overrides or ignores the manufacturer-detected bad sector file
(MDBSF).

105

FMT Command Summary

VERIFY

ddnn:/VE

Verifies that an FMT operation was successfully completed. This
switch is the default.
WRITE LAST TRACK

ddnn:/WLT=n

Rewrites the MDBSF (on the last track of the device) to add bad
sectors found during an FMT operation.
INDIRECT

ddnn:/@Y

Informs FMT that it is receiving input from an indirect command file.
User intervention is not allowed during the operation.

106

LBR COMMAND SUMMARY
Command lines for the Librarian Utility Program (LBR) use the format
shown next.
Format

outfile[,listfile]=infile[, ... ]
For this section, M signifies that the command affects macro libraries, 0
signifies that the command affects object libraries, and U signifies that the
command affects universal libraries.
Switches
COMPRESS

outftle/CO:slze:ept:mnt=lnftle

Compresses a library file by physically deleting logically deleted
records, by putting the free space at the end of the file, and by making
the free space available for new library module inserts.
CREATE

outftle/CR:slze:ept:mnt:llbtype:lnftletype

Allocates a contiguous library file on a direct access device (for
example, a disk).
DELETE

outftle/DE:module[ ... ]

Logically deletes library modules and their associated entry point from
a file.
DEFAULT

outftle/DF:ftletype
/DF:ftletype

Specifies the default library file type.
DELETE GLOBAL

outftle/DG:global[ ... ]

Deletes the specified library module entry points from the entry point
table.
ENTRY POINT

outftle[/EP]=lnftle[. ... ]
outftle=lnftle[!EP][
t ••• ]

Includes or excludes entries in the entry point table.

107

LBR Command Summary

EXTRACT

outftle=lnftle/EX[ :modulename[ ... ]]

Reads (extracts) one or more modules from a library and writes them
into the specified output file.
INSERT

outftle/IN=lnftle 1[, ... ]
(M and 0)
outftle=lnftle/IN:name[:op[ ... ]]
( U)

Inserts library modules into a library file.
LIST

outftle[, IIstftle]/switch

Lists all modules in the library file plus additional information,
depending on which form of the switch you use as follows:
ILl

Lists all modules in the library file.

ILE

Lists all modules in the library file and their corresponding
entry points.

IFU

Lists all modules in the library file and provides a full module
description that includes the size, date of insertion, and
module-dependent information.

MODIFY HEADERS

outftle/MH:module[:op[, ... ]]

Modifies the optional user-specified information in the module header
of a universal library .
REPLACE

outftle/RP=lnftle[ .... ] (M and 0)
outftle=lnftle[/RP][, ... ] (M and 0)
outftle/RP:name[:op[ .... ]]=lnftle[. ... ] (U)
outftle=lnftle/RP:name[:op[, ... ]][. ... ] (U)

Replaces or, in certain cases, inserts library modules in a library file.
SELECTIVE SEARCH

outftle=lnftle/SS[, ... ]

Sets the selective search attribute bit in the object module header.
SPOOL

outftle.llstftle/[ -]SP

Spools the listing file for printing. This is the default setting; use I -SP
to prevent the file from being printed.
SQUEEZE

outftle/SZ=lnftle[, ... ] (global format)
outftle=lnftle/SZ[, ... ] (local format)

Reduces the size of macro definitions by removing comments, blank
lines, and trailing blanks and tabs from the macro text.

108

PAT COMMAND SUMMARY
Object Module Patch Utility (PAT) command lines use the format shown
next.
Format
[outfile]=infile[/CS[:n]],correctfile[/CS[:n]]
In this command line, outfile is the file specification for the output file,
infile is the file specification for the input file containing one or more
concatenated object modules, and correctfile is the specification for the
correction file containing updates to be applied to one module in the input
file.
Switch
CHECKSUM

[outftle]=lnftle/CS[:n],correctftle[/CS[:n]]

Directs PAT to calculate the checksum for all the binary data that
constitutes the module. PAT displays this checksum in octal format.

109

PIP COMMAND SUMMARY
Command lines for the Peripheral Interchange Program (PIP) use the
format shown next.

Format
ddnn:[directory]filename.type;version[!switch][···][/subswitch]

Default Operation
The default PIP operation (with no switches) is to copy the specified files,
using the format shown next.

Format
outfile=infile[, ...UI subswitch[ ... ]]

Parameters
outfile

If the command does not specify a file name, file type, or
file version number, PIP uses the input name and type
and the next highest version number.
If the command specifies a file name, file type, or file
version number, no other field can be a wildcard and the
command line can specify only one input file.

infile

If the command does not specify file name, file type, or
version number, the default is *.*;*.

Subswltches

110

IBL

Specifies the number of contiguous blocks allocated for
the output file, where n is octal or decimal.
If n is decimal, it is followed by a period (n.).

ICO

Specifies a contiguous or noncontiguous output file.

IFO

Specifies file ownership (output file directory).

PIP Command Summary

/NV

Forces the output version number of the copied file to be
1 higher than the current highest version.

/5U

Copies the output file, superseding an existing file.

Switches
Append

outftle=lnftle[, ... ]/ AP[/FO]

Opens an existing file and appends the input files, infile(s), to the end
of it.
PIP allows the following parameters for this command:
outfile

Explicit file name and file type.

infile(s)

Explicit file parameters; wildcard by default.

/FO

File ownership is the output file User File Directory
(UFO); without /FO, ownership is the User
Identification Code (UIC) of the user running PIP.

Block Size outftle/BS:n=lnftle

Defines the block size for magnetic tape.
Creation Date outftle/CD=lnftle[, ... ]
outftle=lnftle/CD[, ... ]

Gives the output file the creation date of the input file rather than the
date of the file transfer. (This switch cannot be used with the merge
switch or with a magnetic tape as an output device.)
Default Date

/DD:startdate:enddate

Restricts file searches to files created during the specified period of
time.
Delete Inftle[, ... ]/DE[/LD]

Deletes files. /LD is a subswitch that causes PIP to list the files it
deletes.
Default [ddnn:][dlrectory]/DF
ddnn:/DF
[ dlrectory]/DF
/DF

Changes the default device or directory for the current PIP task.

111

PIP Command Summary

End-of-Flle Inflle/EOF[ :block:byte][, ... ]

Specifies the pointers for the end of a file (EOF). If values for block
and byte are not entered, PIP places EOF at the last byte of the last
block in the file.
Enter outfll&-:lnflle[ •... ]/EN[jNV]

Enters a synonym for a file in a directory on the same device, with an
option to force the version number of the output file to 1 greater than
the latest version for the file. PIP allows the following parameters for
this command:
outfile

The file name, file type, or file version can be explicit,
a wildcard, or null. A field that is a wildcard or null
assumes a corresponding input field.

infile

Default for the file name, file type, and file version
number is *.*;*.

/NV

Forces a new version of the file.

File Exclusion

filespec/EX

Excludes one file specification during a search.
File Identification

outfll&-:/FI:fllenum:seqnum

Accesses a file by its file identification number (file 10).
Free

[ddnn:]/FR

Displays on the terminal the amount of space available on a volume,
the largest block of contiguous space, the number of available file
headers, and the number of headers used.
Identify

/10

Identifies the version number of PIP currently in use and whether PIP
is linked to ANSFCS.
LIST

[listfll&-:]Inflle[, ... ]/LI[jsubswltch]

Lists the contents of one or more directories, with an option to specify
formats for output directories. PIP allows the following parameters for
this command:

112

outfile

Listing file specifier; defaults to TI:.

infile

Default is *.*;*.

PIP Command Summary

The following subswitches determine what type of report is displayed:
jLljBR
or JBR

Brief report.

JLI

Limited report.

jLljFU[:n]
or jFU:n

Full report (n specifies the decimal characters per line;
the default is device buffer size).

jLljTB
or JTB

Total blocks report.

Merge

outflle=lnftle[ •... ][/ME][/ subswltch)

Creates one file by concatenating two or more files. The legal
subswitches are as follows:
JBL

Specifies the number of contiguous blocks allocated for
the output file, where n is octal or decimal.
If n is decimal, it is followed by a period (n. ).

JCO

Specifies a contiguous or noncontiguous output file.

JFO

Specifies file ownership (output file UFO).

jNV

Forces the output version number of the copied file to
be 1 higher than the current highest version.

jSU

Copies the output file, superseding an existing output
file.

No Message

Inftle[, ... ][/swltch)/NM

Causes certain PIP error messages not to be displayed: for example,
the message NO SUCH FILE(S). The switches that can be used with
the jNM switch are as follows:
JLI

Lists directory.

JOE

Deletes the file or files.

jPU

Purges the file or files.

JUN

Unlocks the file or files.

You can also use any subswitches of these switches.

113

PIP Command Summary

Protect Symbolic:

Inftle/PR/SY[:RWED][/OW[:RWED]]
[/GR[:RWED]][/WO[:RWED]][/FO]

Alters the file protection for the file specified. The file name and file
type must be explicit.
Symbolic protection codes assign privilege merely by their presence,
using the following:
System = /SY:RWED
Owner = /OW:RWED
Group = /GR:RWED
World = /WO:RWED
The symbolic codes are as follows:
R = Read
W = Write
E = Execute
D = Delete
Numeric protection denies privilege by setting bits in a protection
status word. Add octal values from the following list to deny privilege.
User
Class

Octal Code

Bit

System

R
W
E
D

1
2
4
10

0
1
2
3

Owner

R
W
E
D

20
40
100
200

4
5

R
W
E
D

400
1000
2000
4000

8
9

10
11

R
W
E
D

10000
20000
40000
100000

12
13
14
15

Group

World

114

Privilege

6
7

PIP Command Summary

Purge

Inflle[, ... ]/PU[ :n][/LD]

Deletes a specified range of versions of a file (but does not delete the
latest version). Specification of a file version number is not necessary.
Wildcards are valid for file name and file type.
When :n is specified, PIP deletes all but the n latest consecutively
numbered version. Without :n, PIP deletes all but the latest version.
Remove

Inflle[, ... ]/RM

Removes an entry from a directory, but does not delete the file.
Rename

outflle=lnflle[, ... ]/RE£/NV]

Changes the name of the file specified. Used with the INV switch,
IRE creates an output file with a version number 1 higher than the
latest version of the file. PIP allows the following parameters for this
command:
outfile

A wildcard (*) or null field assumes the value of the
corresponding field in the input file.

infile

Null file name, file type, and file version default to *.*;*.

INV

Forces the output version number of the renamed file to
be one higher than the current highest version.

Rewind

outfile/RW=lnfile
outflle=lnfile/RW

Directs PIP to rewind magnetic tape. PIP allows the following
parameters for this command:
outfile

Causes the magnetic tape on the specified unit to be
rewound and erased.

infile

Causes the magnetic tape on the specified unit to be
rewound before the input file is opened.

Selective Delete

Inflle[, ... ]/SD

Prompts for user response before deleting files.
Shared Reading

outflle=lnflle/SR

Allows shared reading of a file that has already been opened for
writing.

115

PIP Command Summary

Span Blocks

ddnn:outfile/SB=mmnn:lnflle

Allows output file records to cross block boundaries when ANSI tapes
are being copied to Files-II volumes.
Spool

Inflle[, ... ]/SP[:n]

Specifies a list of files to be printed on a line printer. n is the number
of copies. This switch applies only if you have the Queue Manager
(QMG).
Truncate

Inflle[, ... ]/TR

Truncates files to their logical end-of-file point.
Today Default

/TD

Limits the use of files to those created today.
User File Directory Entry

outfile/UF[jFO]=lnflle[. ... ]

Creates a User File Directory (UFO) entry in the Master File Directory
(MFD) on a volume. PIP allows the following parameters for this
command:
outfile

Specifies the User Identification Code (UIC) as [*,*] to
transfer multiple infile UICs.

IFO

File ownership is the output file UFO; without IFO,
ownership is the UIC of the user running PIP.

Unlock

Inflle[, ... ]/UN

Unlocks a file that was locked as a result of being closed improperly.
Update

outflle=lnflle[ I'" ]/UP[/FO]

Opens an existing file and writes new data (in file) in it, from the
beginning. PIP allows the following parameters for this command:

116

outfile

Must be explicitly identified.

infile

Null parameters default to *.*;*. The input file or files
replace the current contents of output files.

QUEUE MANAGER COMMAND SUMMARY
This section describes the Queue Manager (QMG) commands for RSX11M-PLUS. It includes syntax to use the commands from either DCL or
MCR.
DELETE

Deletes queues or QMG jobs by name or by the job's unique entry
number.

Format
DCL> DELETE/JOB queuename jobname[FILEJOSITION:n]
DCL> DELETE/ENTRY:nnn[jFILEJOSITION:n]
MCR> QUE queuename:jobname[jFI:n]/DEL
MCR> QUE /EN:nnn[/FI:n]/DEL
HOLD AND RELEASE

You can specify that a job be held when you issue your PRINT or
SUBMIT command. You can also hold jobs with the HOLD command
and release such jobs with the RELEASE command.
HOLD (QUE /HO) blocks a job in its queue until it is explicitly
released.
RELEASE (QUE /REL) unblocks a job that has been held in queue.

Format
DCL> HOLD/JOB queuename jobname
DCL> HOLD/ENTRY:nnn
MCR> QUE queuename:jobname/HO
MCR> QUE /EN:nnn/HO
DCL> RELEASE/JOB queuename jobname
DCL> RELEASE/ENTRY:nnn
MCR> QUE queuename:jobname/REL
MCR> QUE /EN:nnn/REL

117

Queue Manager Command Summary

Queues files for printing on a line printer or for use on other output
devices.
Format

DCL> PRINT[! commandqualifier[s]] filespec[ s][! filequalifier[ s]]
MCR> PRI [[queuename: ]Uobname][/jobswitch]=]filespec[s]
[/fileswi tch[es]]
DCl Command Qualifiers

MCR Job Switches

/[NO]ADJACENT
/JOBCOUNT:n
/QUEUE:queuename
/UPPERCASE
/LOWERCASE
/[NO]HOLD
/P AGE_COUNT:n
/NAME:jobname
/PRIORITY:n
/FORMS:n
/LENGTH:n
/[NO]RESTART
/[NO]FLAGJAGE
/ AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm)
/ AFTER:TOMORROW [hh:mm]
/DEVICE:ddnn:
/[NODOBJAGE
DCl File Qualifiers
/COPIES:n
/[NO]DELETE
/[NO]TRANSFER

/[NO]AD
/CO:n
queuename:
/NOLOW
/LOW
/[NO]HO
/PA:n
jobname
/PRIO:n
/FO:n
/LE:n
/[NO]RES
/[NO]FL
/ AF:hh:mm:dd-mmm-yy
/ AF:::TOMORROW
queuename:
/[NODO
MCR File Switches
/CO:n
/[NO]DEL
/[NO]TR

SET QUEUE

Modifies attributes given to print jobs, batch jobs, or files that compose
jobs in queues. Such jobs and files have been entered in queues by
the PRINT command.
Format

DCL> SET QUEUE queuename:jobname / qualifier[! qualifier[ s]]
DCL> SET QUEUE/ENTRY:nnn/qualifier[! qualifier[s]]
MCR> QUE queuename:jobname/MOD /switch[!switch[es]]
MCR> QUE /EN:nnn/MOD /switch/[/switch[es]]

118

Queue Manager Command Summary

DCL Job Quallfters

MCR Job Switches

/ AFTER:(dd-mmm-yy hh:mm)
/JOBCOUNT:n
/FORMS:n
/LENGTH:n
/LOWERCASE
/PAGE_COUNT:n
/PRIORITY:n
/[NO]RESTART
/UPPERCASE

/ AF:hh:mm:dd-mmm-yy
/CO:n
/FO:n
/LE:n
/LOW
/PA:n
/PRIO:n
/[NO]RES
/NOLOW

Format

DCL> SET QUEUE/ENTRY:nnn/FILEJOSITION:n/qualifier
[! qualifier[s]]
DCL> SET QUEUE queuename jobname/FILEJOSITION:n
/ qualifier[! qualifier[s]]
MCR> QU!! lEN :nnn/MOD /FI:n/ switch[! switch[es]]
MCR> QUE queuename:jobname/MOD /FI:n/switch[!switch[es]]
DCL File Quallfters

MCR File Switches

/COPIES:n
/[NO]DELETE
/FILEJOSITION:n

/CO:n
/[NO]DEL
/FI:n

SHOW PROCESSOR

Displays information about the initialized characteristics printers and
other devices under control of the Queue Manager (QMG).
Format

DCL> SHOW PROCESSOR[!qualifier[s]][processomame]
MCR> QUE [proces~omame: 11switch
DCL Quallfters

MCR Switches

processomame[:]
/PRINT or /DEVICE
/INPUT or /CARD-READER

/LI:DEV
/LI:DEV:P
/LI:DEV:I

SHOW QUEUE

SHOW QUEUE displays information about QMG print jobs.

119

Queue Manager Command Summary

Format
DCL> SHOW QUEUE [queuename][/qualifier[s]]
MCR> QUEILI [queuename:][[uic]][jobname]/switch[es]
DCl Command Quallfters
/BATCH
/BRIEF
/DEVICE
/ENTRY:nnn
/FILES
/FORMS[:n]
/FULL
/NAME:jobname
/OWNER_UIC:uic
/PRINT

120

MeR Job Switches
/L1:B
/BR
/L1:P
/EN:nnn
/L1
/FO[:n]
/FU
jobname
[uic]
/L1:P

SLP COMMAND SUMMARY
Command lines for the Source Language Input Program (SLP) use the
format shown next.
Format

outfile[/switch][,listfile][/switch]=[primary-input_device: [/switch]]
SLP switches have the same effect and can be used on either input or
output file specifications, except for the ISP switch, which can only
modify the listfile.
Switches
AUDIT TRAIL

[I AU:posltlon:length] or I-AU

Enables or disables the audit trail, which indicates the changes made
during the most recent editing session.
BLANK FILL

[/BF] or I -BF

Enables or disables blank fill (right-justification) for an audit trail.
COMPRESS

ICM[:n]

Deletes the audit trail and any trailing spaces or tabs, and truncates
the text at the specified horizontal position.
CHECKSUM

ICS[:n]

Calculates the checksum value for the edit commands.
OOUBLESPACE

lOB or [I-DB]

Enables or disables double-spaced listings. I -DB is the default switch.
NO SEQUENCE

INS

Does not sequence lines in the output file. New lines are indicated by
the audit trail (if specified). This switch overrides the IRS and ISQ
switches.
RESEQUENCE

IRS

Resequences the lines in the output file so that the line numbers are
incremented for each line written to the output file.

121

SLP Command Summary

SPOOL

[ISP] or /-SP

Enables or disables the spooling or listing files to a line pinter. This
switch applies only if the Queue Manager (QMG) is installed.
SEQUENCE

/SQ

Sequences the lines in the output file so that the numbers reflect the
line numbers of the original input file.
TRUNCATE

/TR

Specifies that a diagnostic error message occurs when lines are
truncated by the audit trail.
SLP uses the following special operators, in edit mode, to perform
specific functions:
Operator

Function

Identifies the dash as the first character of an SLP edit
command line.

122

\
%

Suppresses audit-trail processing.

Invokes an indirect command file for SLP processing.

Terminates the SLP edit session and returns to SLP
command mode.

Allows characters in the input file that SLP would
normally use as operators.

Reenables audit-trail processing.

VFY COMMAND SUMMARY
The format of the File Structure Verification Utility (VFY) command is
shown next.

Format
[listfile,sera tchdev=][indev11switch

Parameters
IIstfile

Specifies the output file specification.
scratchdev

Specifies the device in the form ddnn on which the scratch file
produced by VFY is to be written.
Indev

Specifies the volume to be verified in the form ddnn.
/swltch

Specifies one of the VFY switches as follows:

IDE

Resets the marked-for-deletion indicators.

IDV Validates directories against the files they list.
IFR

Prints out the available space on a volume.

IHD Deletes bad file headers on a volume. The ALL subswitch
(I AL) allows the IHD switch to delete bad file headers without
prompting the user.
lID

Identifies the VFY version. This switch may be specified on a
command line by itself any time.

ILl

Lists the index file by file identification number (FlO).

ILO Scans the file structure looking for files that are not in any
directory.
IRC

Checks the volume to see if every block of every file can be
read.

123

VFY Command Summary

124

IRE

Recovers blocks that appear to be allocated but are not
contained in a file.

IUP

Allocates blocks that appear to be available but are actually
allocated to a file.

ZAP COMMAND SUMMARY
Invoke the Task/File Patch Program (ZAP) before your enter the ZAP
command line, using the format shown next.

Format
ddnn:[directory]filename.type;version/switch[... ]
You cannot enter a file specification on the command line when you
invoke ZAP.
In this command, the file specification is the task image file to be examined
or modified. The default file type is .TSK and the default version is the
latest one.

Switches
Absolute Mode

ddnn:tllespec/ AB

Specifies absolute mode.
list

ddnn:tliespec/ll

Displays the overlay segment table for an overlaid task image file.
Read-Only

ddnn:tllespec/RO

Specifies read-only mode.
ZAP uses the commands shown next to examine or modify a task image
file.

ZAP Open/Close Commands
/ (slash)

Opens a location, displays its contents in octal, and stores the contents
of the location in the Quantity Register (Q). If the location is odd, it is
opened as a byte.
/I

(quotation mark)

Opens a location, displays the contents of the location as two ASCII
characters, and stores the contents of the location in the Quantity
Register (Q).

125

ZAP Command Summary

% (percent sign)

Opens a location, displays the contents of the location in Radix-50
format, and stores the contents of the location in the Quantity Register
(Q).
\ (backs lash)

Opens a location as a byte, displays the contents of the location in
octal, and stores the contents of the location in the Quantity Register
(Q).
, (apostrophe)

Opens a location, displays the contents as one ASCII character, and
stores the contents of the location in the Quantity Register (Q).
ImI (RETURN key)

Closes the current location as modified and opens the next sequential
location if no other values or commands are on the command line.
ZAP commands take effect only after you press the RETURN key.
A

or j(clrcumnex or up arrow)

Closes the currently open location as modified and opens the
preceding location.
_ (underscore)

Closes the currently open location as modified, uses the contents of
the location, as an offset from the current location, and opens the new
location.
@ (at sign)

Closes the currently open location as modified, uses the contents of
the location as an absolute address, and opens that location.

> (right angle bracket)
Closes the currently open location as modified, interprets the loworder byte of the contents of the location as the relative branch offset,
and opens the target location of the branch.

126

ZAP Command Summary

< (left angle bracket)
Closes the currently open location as modified, returns to the location
from which the last series of underscore (_), at sign (@), or right
angle bracket (> ) commands began, and opens the next sequential
location.
General-Purpose Commands

x
Exits from ZAP and returns control to the Command Line Interpreter
(CLI).
K

Calculates the offset in bytes between an address and the value
contained in a Relocation Register, displays the offset value, and stores
it in the Quantity Register (Q).

o
Displays the jump and branch displacements from the current location
to a target location.

Displays in octal the value of the expression to the left of the equal
sign.

v
Verifies the contents of the current location.
R

Sets the value of a Relocation Register.

127

Programming Tools

ON-LINE DEBUGGING TOOL (ODT) COMMANDS

Open/Display/Modify Task Locations
Format
address mode-symbol contents new-value terminator

Parameters
address (a)

Specifies the effective address of the location (word or byte) to be
opened. The address can be expressed absolutely or in relative form
(see Relocatable Address). An odd address forces byte mode.
mode-symbol

Specifies the mode in which the location is to be opened or displayed.
If the address is not specified, the last opened location is opened and
displayed.
Symbol

Open/Display Location As:

/
\

6-digit octal word
3-digit octal byte
2 ASCII characters (word)
1 ASCII character (byte)
3 Radix-50 characters (word)

%
contents

Specifies the current contents of the opened location.
new-value [k]

Specifies the optional value to replace the current contents upon
termination of the command line.
terminator

Closes the currently open location, replacing the current contents (if so
directed). The terminators are as follows:

131

On-Line Debugging Tool (ODT) Commands

Return key

Line-feed key

ImJ

[El

Terminates the current sequence, displays
the OOT prompt (_), and waits for the next
command.
Opens the next sequential location and prints
its contents.

Circumflex (A) or
up-arrow (i )

Opens the preceding location in the current
mode. If typed as an OOT prompt rather
than as a terminator, opens the location that
precedes the last-opened location in the same
mode.

Underline (_) or
back-arrow ( ~ )

Opens the program-counter-relative location.
The effective address equals the contents
(previous or replaced) of the current location
added to its address plus 2. Mode is the same,
except that odd effective addresses force byte
mode.

At sign (@)

Opens the location addressed absolutely by the
contents (previous or replaced) of the current
location. Mode is the same, except that odd
effective addresses force byte mode.

Right angle bracket

Opens the PC-relative branch-offset location.
The effective-address calculation involves the
low-order byte of the contents (previous or
replaced) of the just-closed location. Byte, as a
signed value, is multiplied by 2 and added to
its effective address plus 2. Mode remains the
same as when the location was opened.

(> )

Left angle bracket
( <)

Reopens the location most recently opened by a
/' Line Feed, or
If the currently open location
was not opened by an _, @' or > ,then <
closes and reopens the current location.
A.

Command Input Errors
Individual characters in a command line cannot be corrected. In general,
typing an invalid character or command (such as 8 or 9) causes OOT to
ignore the input, to print the question mark error indicator (?), and to
wait for a valid command.

132

On-Line Debugging Tool (ODT) Commands

Relocatable Address
An effective address can be entered as an explicit value relative to (plus)
the contents of a relocation register; typically the register contains the
relocatable base address for the applicable program section or object
module. ODT displays task addresses in relative form if a relocation
register contains an address-offset value equal to or less than the address
to be displayed; if the Format Register ($F) contains 0, ODT also displays
the register's initialized state. Otherwise, ODT displays addresses in
absolute form. The relocation registers are identified as OR to 7R; a null
value is taken as 0 when an offset is established. The registers initially
contain -1, the nonactive state.

Establishing Relocatable Address Offsets

value;nR

Value replaces current contents of relocation register n.

n,value;nR

Value is added to (subtracted from) current contents of
relocation register n.

$nR/

Displays current contents of relocation register n.
New value is typed before terminator replaces current
contents.

Inhibiting Relocatable Addressing

Sets all active relocation registers to -1, the nonactive
state.

Sets relocation register n to -1, the nonactive state.

Entering or Displaying Relative Address

n,k

Effective address is address relative to (plus) the current
contents of relocation register n.

Breakpoints
A breakpoint must be set in the first word of an instruction. Breakpoints
are identified as OB to 7B. (SB is reserved for use with single-step
execution.) A breakpoint address can be entered in absolute or in relative
form (see Relocatable Address).

133

On-Line Debugging Tool (ODT) Commands

Inserting Breakpoints

address;nB

Inserts breakpoint n at specified address.

address;B

Inserts next unset breakpoint at specified address.

Removing Breakpoints
B

Removes all inserted breakpoints.

Removes only breakpoint n.

Moving Breakpoints

address;nB

Moves breakpoint n to new address, overriding
previous address.

Report of Breakpoint Occurrence

nB:address

Reports address at which breakpoint n suspended task
execution.

Displaying Breakpoint Position

$nB/

Displays current absolute address (or inactive state) of
breakpoint n. Entering a replacement value alters the
current contents of the breakpoint register.

Control of Task Execution
Go (G) Command

134

Initiates task at entry address.

r,address G

Initiates task at specified address (address must be
even). Execution continues to a breakpoint or to
completion.

On-Line Debugging Tool (ODT) Commands

Proceed (P) Command

Resumes task execution from current breakpoint
suspension and continues to a breakpoint or
completion.

Resumes task execution from current breakpoint
suspension and does not recognize this breakpoint
again until its nth occurrence.

$nC

Displays current contents of the proceed-count register
associated with breakpoint n. New value typed before
terminator replaces current contents.

Single-Instruction (S) Command

Executes PC-addressed instruction, suspends task, and
prints address of next instruction.

Executes next n instructions, suspends task, and prints
address of next instruction.

8B:address

Specifies the next instruction's address.

Fill Memory Block-F Command
The memory-limit registers, low ($L) and high ($H), must contain the
address boundaries of the affected memory area. Both contain 0 initially.
The following sequence establishes the address reference, which can be in
relative or absolute form:

$L (or $H)/Contents New-address Terminator

Value F

Places a value in search argument register ($A),
and/ or enters the current contents of ($A) in all
memory locations from low limit ($L) to high limit
($H) in the same mode as the last-opened location.

135

On-Line Debugging Tool (ODT) Commands

List Memory Block-L Command

Prints memory locations within specified address limits
on console listing device (CL:).

Uses address value k as ending location and initiates
listing operation.

a;L

Uses address value a as a beginning location and
initiates listing operation.

a;kL

Uses address values a and k as beginning and ending
addresses and initiates listing operation.

n;a;kL

All listing control arguments are specified in a single
listing command; n is the LUN register containing the
address of the listing device.

Calculating Offsets-O Command

Calculates positive or negative (two's complement) PC-relative and branch
offsets between even (word) addresses.
From Open Location

The format for calculating an offset from an open location is shown next.
Format

address/contents/addressO pc-reI> branch
Example
16126/001402/161340 000004>000002

Between Two Specified Addresses

The format for calculating an offset between two specified addresses is
shown next.
Format

address;addressO pc-reI> branch
Example
16126;161340 000004>000002

136

On-Line Debugging Tool (OOT) Commands

General-Purpose Registers
C Constant Register

Contains user-specified 16-bit value (unsigned, absolute) for reference as
HC" in any address or new-value expressions. $Cj prints current contents.
New value typed before RETURN replaces contents.
Q Quantity Register

Always contains the last value printed for reference as HQ" in address or
new value expressions.

Processor Status Word

$S/
Displays the task Processor Status Word (PSW). The new value typed
before the terminator replaces the old PSW contents.

Directive Status Word

$W/
Displays a task's Directive Status Word (DSW). The new value typed
before the terminator replaces the old contents.

Miscellaneous Symbols and Operators
+ or space

Sums contiguous arguments.
Subtracts the following argument from the preceding
one.
Equals address of the last explicitly opened location.
Calculates the 16-bit value (positive or two's
complement) of the preceding argument string, prints
it as six octal digits, and stores it in Q. Arguments can
be signed or unsigned octal values, relocatable address
expressions, or any valid ODT expression.

137

On-Line Debugging Tool (ODT) Commands

Terminating OOT Session

X
Terminates aDT and returns control to the system monitor.
For additional information, refer to the RSX-11M-PLUS and Micro/RSX
Debugging Reference Manual.

138

TASK BUILDER (TKB) SWITCHES AND OPTIONS
The format for Task Builder (TKB) commands is shown next.

Format
> TKB
TKB> taskimagefile,memallocfile,symdeffile = inputfile(s)
For example, to task build a program called ZEBRA, type the following:
>

TKB>
TKB>
ENTER OPTIONS:
TKB>

TKB>
or
TKB>

to end Task Builder operation
if you have another task to build

The Task Builder uses the following default file types for the files named:
Task Image File

TSK

Memory Allocation File

MAP

Symbol Definition File

STB

Object Module File

OBJ

Overlay Description File

ODL

Indirect Command File

CMD

Object Module Library

OLB

Switches
The following key is used in the descriptions that follow to designate
which input and output files can use the Task Builder switch specified:
[C]

Common or Library

(TSK)·

[T]

Task Image

(TSK)

139

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

[M]

Task Builder Map

(MAP)

[5]

Symbol Definition

(S'fB)

[I]

Input

(OBJ, aLB; ODL; CMD)

* Commons or libraries are specified with the I -HD
switch, which produces a TSK file without a header.
The default value for switches is negative (-sw) unless otherwise specified.
IAC:n
Specifies that the task is an Ancillary Control Processor (ACP); n
specifies the base relocation register (allowable registers are 0, 4, or 5;
default register is 5). Overrides IPR if applied to the same file. [T]
IAL

Makes the task image file checkpointable and allocates checkpoint
space in the task image file. (Do not use with ICP in the same
command line.) [T]
ICC
Specifies that the input file contains more than one object module.
I -CC task builds only the first object module. The ILB (library) switch
overrides ICC if it is applied to the same file. (Default is ICC.) [T]
ICL

Specifies that the task is a command line interpreter (CLI). [T]
ICM
Specifies a compatibility mode resident overlay structure. (Overlay
segments are aligned on 256-word physical boundaries.) [T]
ICO
Causes the Task Builder to build a shared command. [C]
ICP

Makes the task image checkpointable and allows the task to be
checkpointed to system checkpoint space. (Do not use in the same
command line with I AL.) [T]

140

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

/eR
Appends a global cross-reference listing to the memory-allocation file.
[M]

/DA
Includes a debugging aid in the task image (DDT) for a task image
(output) file or a user-supplied debugging program (for an input file).
[T,I]
/DL

Specifies a default library file (replacing SYSLIB.OLB) for global
references that remain undefined after user-specified library files have
been searched. (Can be applied to only one input file per task.) [I]
/EA

Specifies that the task uses the extended arithmetic element. (/FP
overrides lEA if applied to the same file.) [T]

/EL
Specifies the maximum possible size for the library, according to the
size specified in the PAR option. (The actual size of the library may
be smaller.)
/FM

Causes the allocation of additional memory between the task and the
external header for fast mapping. [T]
/FO

Causes task to use overlay run-time system Fast Map module. [T]

/FP
Specifies that the task uses the floating-point processor. (Overrides
lEA if applied to the same file.) [T]

/FU
Specifies a full search of all co-tree segments for a matching definition
or reference when processing modules from the default object module
library. [T]

141

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

IHO

Includes a header in the task image. (Default is /HD; /-HD is used
with common blocks, resident libraries, loadable drivers, and system
images.) [T,S]
110

Directs TKB to mark your task as one that uses I-space Active Page
Registers (APRs) and D-space APRs in user mode. TKB separates
I-PSECTs from D-PSECTs.
liP

Allows the Task Builder to inform INSTALL that the privileged task
purposely overmaps the I/O page. Conversely, /-IP informs INSTALL
that the privileged task is over 12K and does not map the I/O page.[T]

ILB
Without arguments: TKB uses the input file as a library of relocatable
object modules and searches to resolve undefined global references.
Includes in task image any modules found in the library that resolve
the undefined references. [I]
With arguments: [/LB:mod-1mod-2 ..... ] TKB inserts only the modules
named in the command, regardless of references, into the task image.
[I]
ILI[:bltmask]

Causes the Task Builder to build a library shared region, a block
of data or code that resides in memory and provides a means by
which two or more tasks can share a single copy of commonly used
subroutines. The bitmask parameter uses the same format as the mask
for the EXTM$ directive: bit 0 represents APR 0 and bit 1 represents
APR 1. Use the /-HD switch with /LI.

IMA
Includes information from the input file in the memory allocation
listing (when applied to an input file) or controls the display of
information about the default library and shared regions (when
applied to a memory allocation file). (Default is /MA for input file or
/-MA for a memory allocation file.) [M,l]

142

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

IMM[:nl
Specifies that the system on which the task is to run has memory
management hardware. (Defaults to IMM if host system has memory
management, or to I-MM if it does not.) [T]

Used with I-MM to specify the highest physical address in Kwords of the task or system being built. Specify as decimal
numbers 28 or 30.

IMP

Specifies that the input file describes the task's overlay (tree) structure;
the input file is an ODL file. [I]
IMU

Specifies to TKB that the task is a multiuser task.
INM
Tells the Task Builder not to print diagnostic messages. [T]
IPI

Specifies that only position-independent code of data is in the shared
region. [T,S]
IPM

Produces a Postmortem Dump (PMD) if the task is terminated with an
synchronous system trap (SST) abort operation. [T]
IPR:n
Specifies that the task has privileged access. lAC overrides IPR:n if
applied to the same file; n specifies base relocation register (0, 4, or 5;
default is 5). [T]
IRO

Enables recognition of the memory-resident overlay operator ( !) in the
overlay descriptor file (IMP). (Default is IRO.) [T]

ISB
Selects the slow mode of the Task Builder. [T]

143

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

/SE
Specifies that the task can receive messages by means of the Executive
SEND directive. (Default is /SE.) [T]
/SG

Allocates task program sections alphabetically by access code (RW
followed by RO). [T]

ISH
Produces a short form of the memory-allocation file without the file
contents section. [M]

/SL
Specifies that the task is slaved to an initiating task. Slave task runs
under the VIC and TI: of the sending task. (Applies only to systems
with multiuser protection.) [T]

/SP
Lists the memory-allocation file on the printer via the spooler.
(Default is /SP.) [M]
/SQ

Builds program sections in the task image in the order in which they
are named, rather than in alphabetical order. (Cannot be used with
FORTRAN I/O handling modules or File Control Services (FCS)
modules from SYSLIB.) [T]

ISS
Extracts a global symbol definition from the input file if the global
symbol table has a matching undefined reference. [I]
/TR

Specifies that the task can be traced. [T]
/WI

Lists the memory-allocation file in 132-column (wide) format. (Default
is /WI.) [M]

144

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

/XH
Informs TKB that the task is to have an external header.

/XT:n
Terminates the building of the task after n error diagnostics are
detected; n can be octal or decimal (decimal must be specified with a
decimal point, for example, 8.).
Options

[H]
Option is of interest to high-level language programmers.

[M]
Option is of interest to MACRO-II programmers.
[H,M]

Option is of interest to both high-level language and MACRO
programmers.
Names used for option input can be six characters long, from the Radix-50
character set (A-Z, 0-9, and $).
ABORT = n

Terminates the current task-build operation and restarts the Task
Builder for another. (The n satisfies the option syntax; it means
nothing.) [H,M]
ABSPAT = segname:address:value 1... :value8

Patches the task image from a base address. Also patches the I-space
part of an 1- and D-space task. Eight values may be specified. [M]
ACTFIL = fllemax (decimal Integer)

Specifies the number of files that a task can have open simultaneously
(the default is 4). [H)
ASG = devlcename:unl ... :un8

Assigns a logical unit number or numbers (LUN) in octal to the
specified physical device or devices. [H,M]

145

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

CLSTR = Iibrary_l,lIbrary_2, ... ,lIbrary_n:accesscode[:baseAPR]
[:bltmask]

Declares a cluster or group of system-owned resident libraries or
commons (from 2 to 6) to be accessed by the task and all to be
residing at the same virtual address space in the task. The bitmask
parameter uses the same format as the mask for the EXTM$ directive:
bit 0 represents APR 0 and bit 1 represents APR 1.[H,M]
switch

Read-only or read-write access for the task (RO or RW)

apr

Which APR is to be used as the starting APR for the task

CMPRT = name

Declares completion routine for supervisor-mode library. [H,M]
COMMON = name:access-code[:apr]

Declares that the task accesses a system-owned resident common area.
Causes the common to be mapped with D-space APRs. The common
can contain only data when linked to 1- and D-space tasks. [H,M]
DSPPAT = segname:address:valuel ... :value8

Patches the task image from a base address. Also patches the D-space
part of an 1- and D-space task. Eight values may be specified.
EXTSCT = psectname:extenslon

If the program section has the concatenated attribute, this option

extends the size of the named program section by the number of octal
bytes specified in the extension. If the program section has the overlay
attribute, it is extended only if the extension value exceeds the length
of the section. [H,M]
EXTTSK = n

Extends the D-space portion of an 1- and D-space task. Extends the
task memory allocation by the length n (in decimal words in the range
o <n <65,535) when it is installed in a system-controlled partition.
The extension is rounded to the closest 32-word boundary. The
default is the extension to the total task size as specified by the PAR
option length parameter. [H,M]

146

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

FMTBUF = max-format (decimal Integer)

Specifies the number of characters (in decimal bytes) by the longest
format specification to be compiled at run time. The default is 132.
[M]
GBLDEF = symbol-name:symbol-value

Defines the named global symbol as having a value in the range of 0
to 1777778 , [M]
GBLlNC = symbolname.symbolname ...• symbolname

Specifies the symbols to be included as undefined references in the
symbol table file of a shared resident library. [M]
GBLPAT = segname:symname[+/-offset]:vall ... :vaI8

Patches the task image from the location addressed by the global
symbol plus or minus the octal offset value through eight words. All
values are octal. [M]
GBLREF = symbol-name:symbol-value

Declares the named symbol as a global symbol reference originating
in the root segment of the task. [H,M]
GBLXCL = symbolname:symbolname: ... :symbolname

Specifies the symbols that are to be excluded from the symbol
definition file of a resident library. [H,M]
IDENT = name

Changes the identification of the task from the one originally specified.
[H,M]
LlBR = name:accesscode[:baseAPR][:bltmask]

Declares that the task accesses a system-owned resident library.
Causes the library to be mapped with both I-space and D-space APRs
when linked to an I-and D-space task. The bitmask parameter uses
the same format as the mask for the EXTM$ directive: bit 0 represents
APR 0 and bit 1 represents APR 1. [H,M]

147

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

MAXBUF = max-record

Specifies the maximum allowable record buffer size (in decimal bytes)
in any file processed by the task. [H)
OOTV = symbol-name:vector-Iength

Declares the named global symbol to be the address of the On-line
Debugging Tool (DDT) synchronous system trap (SST) vector. The
global symbol must be defined in the main root segment. [M]
PAR = name[:base:length]

Identifies the partition for which the task is built. For a mapped
system, a size of 0 implies a system-controlled partition, and a nonzero
size implies a user-controlled partition. Base and length do not have
to be expressed if the partition resides on the host system. The default
is PAR = GEN. [H,M]
PRI = priority

Sets the priority at which the task executes; can be overridden when
the task is installed. The priority is a decimal integer between 1 and
250. [H,M]
RESCOM = ftlespec/access-code[:apr]

Declares that the task accesses a user-owned resident common.
Causes the common to be mapped with D-space APRs. When linked
to I-and D-space tasks, the common can contain data only. [H,M]
RESLIB = ftlespec/accesscode[:baseAPR][:bltmask]

Declares that the task accesses a user-owned resident library. Causes
the library to be mapped with both I-space and D-space APRs when
linked to an I-and D-space task. The bitmask parameter uses the same
format as the mask for the EXTM$ directive: bit 0 represents APR 0
and bit 1 represents APR 1. [H,M]
RESSUP=ftlespec/[ -]accesscode[ :apr]

Declares task's intention to access a resident supervisor-mode library.
The SW access code specifies read-write access in a task that links to
a supervisor-mode library that is mapped to supervisor d-space with
the MSDS$ directive. The supervisor-mode library must be installed
with /RON=NO, the default. The SV access code provides read-only
access. [H,M]

148

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

RNDSEG = segname

Declares task's intention to round the size of a named segment up to
the nearest APR boundary while building a resident library. [H,M]
ROPAR = parname

Declares partition in which read-only portion of multiuser task is to
reside. [H,M]
STACK = stackslze

Declares the maximum size of the stack required by your task.
SUPLIB = name:[-]accesscode[:apr]

Declares task's intention to access a system-owned supervisor-mode
library. The SW access code specifies read-write access in a task that
links to a supervisor-mode library that is mapped to supervisor Dspace with the MSDS$ directive. The supervisor-mode library must be
installed with jRON=NO, the default. The SV access code provides
read-only access. [H,M]
TASK = taskname

Names the task. [H,M]
TSKV = symbol-name:vector-Iength

Declares a global symbol to be the address of the task synchronous
system trap (SST) vector. [M]
UIC = [g,m]

Declares the VIC for time-based initiation of a task. The default is the
VIC under which the Task Builder is running. [H,M]
UNITS = max-units

Declares the number of logical units used by the task (a decimal
number in the range of 0 to 250). The default is 6. [H,M]
VARRAY = ovr

Declares task's intention to access a virtual array directly without
passing arguments to subroutine. [H]

149

Task Builder (TKB) Switches and Options

VSECT = psectname:base:wlndow[:physlcal-length]

Specifies the virtual base address, length of virtual memory address
space (window), and length of physical memory allocated to the
named program section. [H,M]
WNDWS=n

Declares the number (0-7) of extra address windows required by the
task. The number specified equals the number of simultaneously
mapped regions that the task will use. [H,M]

150

Executive Directive Summary

EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE SUMMARY

Abort Task

ABRT$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL ABORT (tsk[,ids])
tsk

Name of task to be aborted (Radix-50)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

ABRT$ tsk
tsk

Name of task to be aborted (Radix-50)

Assign Channel

ACHN$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL ACHN ([mod],[itbmsk],lun,fsbuf,fssz[,idswD
mod

Optional modifier to be matched against the
logical name within a table. Ordinarily, no
value will be specified to allow any logical
name in the table to be found.

itbmsk

Inhibit mask to prevent a logical table from
being searched. The following symbol
definitions, when set, prevent a particular
table from being searched:
System

(IN.SYS) = 10

Group

(IN.GRP) = 4

Session

(IN .SES)

Task

(IN.TSK) = 1

= 20

153

Executive Directive Summary

lun

Logical unit number (LUN) to be assigned

fsbuf

Address of file specification buffer

fssz

Size (in bytes) of the file specification buffer

idsw

Integer to receive Directive Status Word

Macro Call:

ACHN$

[mod], [tbmsk],lun,fsbuf,fssz

mod

Optional modifier to be matched against the
logical name within a table. Ordinarily, no
value will be specified to allow any logical
name in the table to be found.

tbmsk

Inhibit mask to prevent a logical table from
being searched. The following symbol
definitions, when set, prevent a particular
table from being searched:
System

(IN.SYS)

= 10

Group

(IN.GRP) = 4

Session

(IN.SES) = 20

Task

(IN.TSK)

lun

Logical unit number (LUN) to be assigned

fsbuf

Address of file specification buffer

fssz

Size (in bytes) of the file specification buffer

Alter Priority

ALTP$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL ALTPRI ([tsk],[ipri][,ids])

154

tsk

Active task name

ipri

A I-word integer value equal to the new
priority, from 1 to 250 10

ids

Directive status

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

ALTP$ [tsk][,pri]
tsk

Active task name

pri

New priority, from 1 to 25010

Assign LUN

ALUN$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL ASNLUN (lun,dev,unt[,ids])
lun

Logical unit number (LUN)

dev

Device name (format: lA2)

unt

Device unit number

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

ALUN$ lun,dev,unt
lun

Logical unit number (LUN)

dev

Device name (two uppercase characters)

unt

Device unit number

AST Service Exit ($S form recommended)

ASTX$S

FORTRAN Call:

Neither the FORTRAN language nor the ISA standard permits direct
linking to system-trapping mechanisms; therefore, this directive is not
available to FORTRAN tasks.
Macro Call:

ASTX$S [err]
err

Error routine address

155

Executive Directive Summary

Attach Region

ATRG$

FORTRAN Call:
CALL ATRG (irdb[,ids])
irdb

An 8-word integer array containing a Region
Definition Block (RDB)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:
ATRG$

rdb

Region Definition Block (RDB) address

Cancel Mark Time Requests

CMKT$

FORTRAN Call:
CALL CANMT ([efn][,ids])
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:
CMKT$

[efn,ast,err]

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

ast

Mark time asynchronous system trap (AST) address

err

Error routine address

Connect to Interrupt Vector
FORTRAN Call:
Not supported

156

CINT$

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

CINT$

vec,base,isr,edir,pri,ast

vec

Interrupt vector address-Must be in the range
60 8 to highest vector specified during SYSGEN,
inclusive, and must be a multiple of 4

base

Virtual base address for kernel APRS mapping
of the interrupt service routine (ISR), and
enable/disable interrupt routines

isr

Virtual address of the interrupt service routine
(ISR), or 0 to disconnect from the interrupt
vector

edir

Virtual address of the enable/disable interrupt
routine

pri

Initial priority at which the interrupt service
routine (ISR) is to execute

ast

Virtual address of an asynchronous system trap
(AST) routine to be entered after the fork-level
routine queues an AST

Clear Event Flag

CLEF$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL CLREF efn[,ids]
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

CLEF$
efn

efn
Event flag number (EFN)

157

Executive Directive Summary

create Logical Name

CLOGS

CLON$

FORiRAN Call:

CALL CRELOG ([mod],itbnum,lns,lnssz,iens,ienssz[,idsw])
CALL CRELON ([mod],itbnum,lns,lnssz,iens,ienssz[,idsw])
The CRELON and CLON$ are the preferred calls to use on the RSX11M-PLUS and Micro/RSX operating systems. The CRELOG and
CLOG$ calls are provided for compatibility with the P lOS operating
system.

158

mod

itbnum

Number of the logical name table in the lower byte and
the status values in the upper byte, as follows:
System logical name table
LT.SYS 0
LT.GRP

Group logical name table

LT.SES

Session logical name table

LT.TSK

Task logical name table

LS.TRM

Terminal status. Iterative
translations will not proceed
beyond this logical name.

LS.PRV

Privileged status. Only privileged
tasks may delete this logical name.

Ins

Character array containing the logical name string

lnssz

Size (in bytes) of the logical name string

Executive Directive Summary

iens

Character array containing the equivalence string to be
created

ienssz

Size (in bytes) of the data area for the equivalence
string

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word (DSW)

Macro Call:
CLOG$ [mod], <prmlst> ,lns,lnssz,ens,enssz
CLON$ [mod], < prmlst> ,lns,lnssz,ens,enssz
mod

Modifier of the logical name within a table. If
not specified, the nonzero value reserved by the
system (LB.LOC = 1 or LB.LOG = 2) is placed in
the Directive Parameter Block (DPB). If specified,
values can range from 0 to 255 but should normally
correspond to the values used by the system.

159

Executive Directive Summary

< [tbnumU,status] >
The angle brackets are not required when only
tbnum is specified.
tbnum

status

Number of the logical name table, as
follows:
LT.SYS 0
System logical
name table
LT.GRP

Group logical
name table

LT.SES

Session logical
name table

LT.TSK

Task logical name
table

Logical status definition value, as follows:
LT.TRM

LT.PRV

160

Terminal status. Iterative
translations will not
proceed beyond this
logical name.
2

Privileged status. Only
privileged tasks may
delete this logical name.

Ins

Character array containing the logical name string

lnssz

Size (in bytes) of the logical name string

ens

Character to contain the equivalence name string

enssz

Size (in bytes) of the equivalence name string

Executive Directive Summary

Connect

CNCT$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL CNCT (rtname,[iefn],[iast],[iesb],[iparm][,ids])
rtname

Name (Radix-50) of the offspring task to be
connected

iefn

Event flag to be set when the offspring task
exits or emits status

iast

Name of an asynchronous system trap (AST)
routine to be called when the offspring task
exits or emits status

iesb

Name of an 8-word status block to be written
when the offspring task exits or emits status, as
follows:
Word
0 = Offspring task exit status
Word

1-7 = Reserved

iparm

Name of a word to receive the status block
address when an AST occurs

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

CNCT$

tname,[efn],[east],[esb]

tname

Name (Radix-50) of the offspring task to be
connected

efn

The event flag to be cleared on issuance and set
when the offspring task exits or emits status

east

Address of an asynchronous system trap (AST)
routine to be called when the offspring task
exits or emits status

161

Executive Directive Summary

esb

Address of an 8-word status block to be written
when the offspring task exits or emits status, as
follows:
"Vord
0 = Offspring task exit status
Word

1-7 = Reserved

Checkpoint Common Region

CPCR$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL CPCR (name[,ids])
name

Name (Radix-50) of the common region to be
checkpointed

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

CPCR$

name
Name (Radix-50) of the common region to be
checkpointed

name

Create Address Window

CRAWS

FORTRAN Call:

CALL CRAW (iwdb[,ids])
iwdb

An 8-word integer array containing a Window
Definition Block (WDB)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

CRAW$
wdb

162

wdb
Window Definition Block (WDB) address

Executive Directive Summary

Create Group Global Event Flags

CRGF$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL CRGF ([group][,ids])
group

Group number for the flags to be createdif not specified, the task's protection User
Identification Code (UIC) (H.CUIC+l) in the
task's header is used

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

CRGF$

[group]
Group number for the flags to be createdif not specified, the task's protection UIC
(H.CUIC+l) in the task's header is used

group

CRRG$

Create Region
FORTRAN Call:

CALL CRRG

(irdb[,ids])

irdb

An 8-word integer array containing a Region
Definition Block (RDB)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

CRRG$
rdb

rdb
Region Definition Block (RDB) address

163

Executive Directive Summary

create Virtual Terminal

CRVT$

FORTRAN Cali:

CALL CRVT ([iiast],[ioast],[iaast],[imlen],iparm[,ids])
iiast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) address at
which input requests from offspring tasks are
serviced

ioast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) address at
which output requests from offspring tasks are
serviced

iaast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) address at
which the parent task may be notified of the
completion of successful offspring attach and
detach requests to the virtual terminal unit

imlen

Maximum buffer length allowed for offspring
I/O requests

iparm

Address of 3-word buffer to receive information
from the stack when an AST occurs

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:
CRVT$ [iast],[oast],[aast],[mlen]

164

iast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) address at
which input requests from offspring tasks are
serviced

oast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) address at
which output requests from offspring tasks are
serviced

Executive Directive Summary

aast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) address at
which the parent task may be notified of the
completion of successful offspring attach and
detach requests to the virtual terminal unit (if
this parameter is not specified, no notification of
attaches and detaches is returned to the parent
task)

mIen

Maximum buffer length allowed for offspring
I/O requests

Cancel Time-Based Initiation Requests

CSRQ$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL CANALL (tsk[,ids])
tsk

Task name

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

CSRQ$

tsk

Task name

Declare Significant Event ($S form recommended)

DECL$S

FORTRAN Call:

CALL DECLAR ([,ids])
ids

Directive Status

Macro Call:

DECL$S [,err]
err

Error routine address

165

Executive Directive Summary

Delete Logical Name

DLOG$

DLON$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL DELLOG ([mod],itbnum,[lns],[lnssz][,idsw])
CALL DELLON ([mod],itbnum,[lns],[lnssz][,idswD
DELLON and DLON$ are the preferred calls to use on the RSX-I1MPLUS and Micro IRSX operating systems. The DELLOG and DLOG$
calls are provided for compatibility with the P lOS operating system.
mod

Modifier of the logical name within a table.
If not specified, the nonzero value reserved

by the system (LB.LOC = 1 or LB.LOC =2) is
placed in the Directive Parameter Block (DPB).
If specified, the values can range from 0 to 255
but should normally correspond to the values
used by the system
itbnum

166

Number of the logical name table, as follows:
System

(L T.SYS) = 0

Group

(LT. GRP) = 1

Session

(LT.SES)

Task

(LT.TSK)

Ins

Character array name containing the logical
name string

lnssz

Size (in bytes) of the logical name string

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

DLOG$ [mod],tbnum,[lns][,lnssz]
DLON$ [mod],tbnum[,lns,lnssz]
mod

Modifier value of the logical name within
a table; if not specified, the nonzero value
reserved by the system (LB.LOC = 1 or LB.LOG
= 2) is placed in the Directive Parameter Block
(DPB); if specified, the value can range from 0
to 255 but should normally correspond to the
values used by the system.

tbnum

Logical name table number, as follows:
System

(LT.SYS) = 0

Group

(LT.GRP) = 1

Session

(LT.SES) = 4

Task

(LT.TSK) = 3

Ins

Character array containing the address of the
logical name string to be deleted

lnssz

Size (in bytes) of the logical name string

Disable A5T Recognition ($5 form recommended)

D5AR$5

FORTRAN Call:

CALL DSASTR [(ids)]
ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

DSAR$S [err]
err

Error routine address

167

Executive Directive Summary

Disable Checkpolntlng ($S form recommended)

DSCP$S

FORTRAN Call:
CALL DISCKP [(ids)]
ids

Directive status

Macro Call:
DSCP$S [err]
err

Error routine address

DTRG$

Detach Region
FORTRAN Call:
CALL DTRG (irdb[,ids»
irdb

An 8-word integer array containing a Region
Definition Block (RDB)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:
DTRG$ rdb
rdb

Region Definition Block address (ROB)

ELAW$

Eliminate Address Window
FORTRAN Call:
CALL ELAW (iwdb[,ids»

168

iwdb

An 8-word integer array containing a Window
Definition Block (WDB)

ids

Directive Status

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

ELAW$ wdb
wdb

Window Definition Block (WDB) address

Eliminate Group Global Event Flags

ELGF$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL ELGF ([group][,ids])
group

Group number of flags to be eliminated

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

ELGF$ [group]
group

Group number of flags to be eliminated

Eliminate Virtual Terminal

ELVT$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL ELVT (iunum[,ids])
iunum

Virtual terminal unit number

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

ELVT$ unum
unum

Unit number of the virtual terminal to be
eliminated

169

Executive Directive Summary

EMST$

Emit status
FORTRAN Call:

CALL EMST ([rtname],istat[,ids])
rtname

Name of task connected to issuing task to
which the status is to be emitted

istat

A 16-bit quantity to be returned to the
connected task

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

EMST$

[tname],status

tname

Name of a task connected to the issuing task to
which the status is to be emitted

status

A 16-bit quantity to be returned to the
connected task

Enable AST Recognition ($S form recommended)
FORTRAN Call:

CALL ENASTR [(ids)]
ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

ENAR$S [err]
err

170

Error routine address

ENAR$S

Executive Directive Summary

Enable Checkpolntlng ($5 form recommended)

ENCP$5

FORTRAN Call:

CALL ENACKP [(ids)]
ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

ENCP$S [err]
err

Error routine address

EXIF$

Exit If
FORTRAN Call:

CALL EXIT IF (efn[,ids])
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

EXIF$ efn
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

Task Exit ($5 form recommended)

EXIT$5

FORTRAN Call:

CALL EXIT (istat)
istat

A 16-bit quantity to be returned to the parent
task

171

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

EXIT$S [err]
err

Error routine address

EXST$

Exit with Status
FORTRAN Call:

CALL EXST (is tat)
istat

A 16-bit quantity to be returned to parent task

Macro Call:

EXST$ status
status

A 16-bit quantity to be returned to parent task

Extend Task

EXTK$

EXTM$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL EXTTSK ([inc][,ids»
inc

A positive or negative number equal to the number
of 32-word blocks by which the task size is to be
extended or reduced (if omitted, task size defaults
to installed task size)

ids

Directive status

Macro Calls:

EXTK$ [inc]
EXTM$ [inc],mask
inc

172

A positive or negative number equal to the number
of 32-word blocks by which the task size is to be
extended or reduced (if omitted, task size defaults
to installed task size)

Executive Directive Summary

mask

Mask of active page registers (APRs) to be
protected. Bit 0 represents APRO and bit 1
represents APRl.

Test for Speclfted System Feature

FEAT$

FORTRAN Call:
CALL FEAT

(isym[,ids])

isym

Symbol for the specified system feature

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:
FEAT$

sym

Symbol for the specified system feature, as listed in
Table 1

Table 1: System Feature Symbols
Symbol

Value

FE$EXT

22-bit extended memory support (bit 1)

FE$MUP

Multiuser protection support

FE$EXV

Executive is supported to 20K words

FE$DRV

Loadable driver support

FE$PLA

PLAS support

FE$CAL

Dynamic checkpoint space allocation

FE$PKT

Pre allocation of I/O packets

FE$EXP

Extend Task directive support

FE$LSI

Processor is an LSI-II

FE$OFF

10.

Parenti offspring tasking support
(continued on next page)

Meaning

173

Executive Directive Summary

Table 1 (Cont.):

System Feature Symbols

Symbol

Value

Meaning

FE$FDT

II.

Full-duplex terminal driver support

FE$X25

12.

X.25 CEX is loaded

FE$DYM

13.

Dynamic memory allocation supported

FE$CEX

14.

Communications Executive is loaded

FE$MXT

15.

MCR exit after each command mode

FE$NLG

16.

Logins disabled

FE$DAS

17.

Kernel data space supported (bit 17.)

FE$LIB

18.

Supervisor-mode libraries support

FE$MP

19.

System supports multiprocessing

FE$EVT

20.

System supports event trace feature

FE$ACN

2I.

System supports CPU accounting

FE$SDW

22.

System supports shadow recording

FE$POL

23.

System supports secondary pools

FE$WND

24.

System supports secondary pool file windows

FE$DPR

25.

System has a separate directive partition

FE$IRR

26.

Install, run, and remove support

FE$GGF

27.

Group global event flag support

FE$RAS

28.

Receive/send data packet support

FE$AHR

29.

Alternate header refresh area support

FE$RBN

30.

Round-robin scheduling support

FE$SWP

3I.

Executive level disk swapping support

FE$STP

32.

Event flag mask is in the TCB (l=YES)

FE$CRA

33.

System spontaneously crashed (l=YES) (bit 33.)
(continued on next page)

174

Executive Directive Summary

Table 1 (Cont.):

System Feature Symbols

Symbol

Value

Meaning

FE$XCR

34.

System crashed from XDT (l=YES)

FE$EIS

35.

System requires extended instruction set

FE$STM

36.

System has Set System Time directive

FE$UDS

37.

System supports user data space

FE$PRO

38.

System supports secondary pool prototype TCSs

FE$XHR

39.

System supports external task headers

FE$AST

40.

System has AST support

FE$llS

41.

RSX-IIS system

FE$CLI

42.

System supports multiple CLls

FE$TCM

43.

System has separate terminal driver pool

FE$PMN

44.

System supports pool monitoring

FE$WAT

45.

System has watchdog timer support

FE$RLK

46.

System supports RMS record locking

FE$SHF

47.

System supports shuffler task

FE$CXD

49.

Comm Exec is deallocated (non-liD only) (bit 49.)

FE$XT

50.

System is a P lOS system (l=YES)

FE$ERL

51.

System supports error logging

FE$PTY

52.

System supports parity memory

FE$DVN

53.

System supports decimal version numbers

FE$LCD

54.

System supports loadable crash drivers

FE$NIM

55.

System supports deleted fixed task images

FE$CHE

56.

System supports disk data caching

FE$LOG

57.

System supports extended logical names
(continued on next page)

175

Executive Directive Summary

Table 1 (Cont.):

System Feature Symbols

Symbol

Value

Meaning

FE$NAM

58.

System supports named directories

FE$FMP

59.

System supports Fast Map directive

FE$DCL

60.

DCL is default CLI

FE$DDS

61.

Named directory mode is default

FE$ACD

62.

System supports ACDs

HF$UBM

-1.

Processor has UNIBUS map (l=YES) (bit 1)

HF$EIS

-2.

Processor has extended instruction set

HF$QB

- 3.

Processor has a Q-bus backplane

HF$DSP

-4.

Processor supports separate I/D space

HF$CIS

-8.

Processor supports commercial instruction set

HF$FPP

-16.

Processor has no floating-point unit (l=YES)

HF$NVR

-17.

PRO-300 nonvolatile RAM present (l=YES) (bit 17.)

HF$INV

-18.

Nonvolatile RAM present (l=YES)

HF$CLK

-19.

PRO-300 clock is present

HF$ITF

-20.

Invalid time format in nonvolatile RAM

HF$PRO

-21.

Hardware system is a PRO-3xx

HF$BRG

-32.

PRO-300 bridge module present

File Specification Scanner

FSS$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL FSS (fsbuf,fssz,prsblk,prssz,[reserv][,idsw])

176

fsbuf

Array containing the file specification buffer

fssz

Size (in bytes) of the file specification buffer

Executive Directive Summary

prsblk

Array containing the parse block

prssz

Size (in bytes) of the parse block

reserv

Reserved parameter (must not be specified)

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:
FSS$ fsbuf,fssz, prsblk, prssz[,reserv]
fsbuf

Address of the file specification buffer

fssz

Size (in bytes) of the file specification buffer

prsblk

Address of the parse block

prssz

Size (in bytes) of the parse block

reserv

Reserved parameter (must be blank)

Get Command for Command Interpreter

GCCI$

FORTRAN Call:
CALL CrCMCI (icbf,icbfl,[iibuf],[iibfl],[iaddr],[incp][,ids])
icbf

Name of a byte to receive the command

icbfl

Integer containing the size of the icbf array in
bytes

iibuf

Name of an integer array to receive the optional
information buffer

iibfl

Name of an integer containing the length of
the optional information buffer. If you specify
a length shorter than the information buffer,
as much information as will fit in the specified
length is returned

177

Executive Directive Summary

iaddr

Name of an integer that contains the address in
pool of the command desired (this address was
obtained by a previous call to GTCMCI with
GC.CND specified)

incp

N arne of an integer containing a value
indicating the action to take if there is no
command queued, as follows:
GC.CCS (000)
Return with Carry set
(default)

ids

GC.CEX (001)

Force command line
interpreter (CLI) to exit
instead of returning

GC.CST (002)

Force CLI to stop
instead of returning

GC.CND (200)

Copy command into
buffer, but do not
dequeue it from the list

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW).

Get Command Interpreter Information

GCIIS

FORTRAN Call:

CALL GETCII (ibuf,ibfl, [ic1i], [idev],[iunit][,ids])

178

ibuf

Name of an integer array to receive the CLI
information

ibfl

Length (in bytes) of the integer array to receive
the CLI information

ic1i

Name of a 2-word array element containing the
Radix-50 name of the command line interpreter
(CLI)

Executive Directive Summary

idev

Name of an integer containing the ASCII name
of terminal (default = TI:)

iunit

Name of an integer containing the octal unit
number of terminal

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

GCII$ buf,bufl,eli,[dev],[unit]
buf

Address of buffer to receive information

bufl

length of information buffer

eli

Name (Radix-50) of the command line
interpreter (CLI) on which information is
requested

dev

ASCII name of terminal whose CLI should be
used (default is TI:)

unit

Octal unit number of terminal

Get Default Directory

GDIR$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL GETDDS (mod,iens,ienssz,[irsize][,idsw])
mod =

Modifier for the GDIR$ directive; specify one
of the following values:
o
Get task default
GD.LOG =

Get terminal default

iens

Character array containing the default
directory string

ienssz =

Size (in bytes) of the default directory string

irsize

Buffer address of the returned default directory
string size

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

179

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:
GDIR$

[mod],ens,enssz[,rsize]

mod

Modifier for the GDIR$ directive; specify one of the
following values:
o
Get task default
GD.LOG =

Get terminal default

ens

Buffer address of the default directory string

enssz =

Size (in bytes) of the default directory string buffer

rsize =

Buffer address to which the size of the default
directory string is returned

Get Information

GIN$

FORTRAN Call:
Not supported
Macro Call:
GIN$ functioncode arg[s]
Function Codes and Arguments
GI.APR-Get System APRs

Returns information on the contents of the Page Address Registers
(PARs) and Page Description Registers (PDRs) for all modes and
spaces present on the host system.
GIN$ GI.APR,buf,siz
GI.APR

GIN$ function code (9)

buf

Address of 97-word buffer to receive the Active Page
Register (APR) information

siz

Buffer size in words

Note
Bits set in the first buffer word indicate the sets of buffer words
that are valid.

180

Executive Directive Summary

GI.DEF-Set Task Default UIC

Sets the default Vser Identification Code (VIC) for the requesting
task. If the task is not privileged, only the default VIC is changed.
If the task is privileged, both the default and protection VICs are
modified.

Macro Call:
GIN$

GI.DEF,uic

GI.DEF

GIN$ function code (2)

uic

Vser Identification Code

Note
If an immediate expression is used for the VIC, it must be enclosed

in double angle brackets ( < < > > ).
GI.DEV-Get Device Information

Returns information about a particular device. If the high bit in
the flags byte (the upper byte of the 4th parameter word) is clear,
logical name tables are checked; otherwise, no check of logical
assignments is made. Regardless, physical device databases are
checked and any redirection assignments are followed.

Macro Calls:
GIN$

GI.DEV,buf,siz,dev,unt

GI.DEV

GIN$ function code (6)

buf

Address of buffer to receive the unit information

siz

Buffer size in words

dev

Device name (if zero, use task's TI:)

unt

Device unit number (if the high bit in the flags byte is
clear, follow assignments)
GIN$

GI.DVJ,buf,siz,dev,unt

GI.DVJ

GIN$ function code (18)

buf

Address of buffer to receive the unit information

181

Executive Directive Summary

siz

Buffer size is 1 word

dev

Device name (if blank, use task's TI:)

unt

Device unit number (if the high bit in the flags byte is
clear, follow assignments)

Notes

1. If the task has the slave attribute, logical assignments are not
checked regardless of the setting of the high bit in the flags
byte.
2. Optional information is returned only if there is room in the
buffer and the information is available.
GI.FMK-Get Feature Mask Words

Returns the system Executive feature mask, the hardware feature
mask, the system base level, the system type, and the system
version words to the requesting task.

Macro Call:
GIN$

GI.FMK,buf,siz

GI.FMK

GIN$ function code (3)

buf

Address of 9-word buffer to receive the information

siz

Buffer size in words

Note

The system type is returned if the buffer is 15 10 words or longer.
GI.GAS-Get Assigned Device Name

Searches the assignment list for logical assignments of the
specified terminal. When the specified assignment is found, the
name of the device to which the assignment applies is returned to
the task.

182

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:
GIN$

GI.GAS,buf,siz,dev,unt,udev,unum

GI.GAS

GIN$ function code (0)

buf

Address of 6-word buffer to receive logical unit number
(LUN) information

siz

Buffer size in words

dev

Device name

unt

Device unit number

udev

Device name for which this assignment holds (if zero,
get global asignment)

unum

Unit number of terminal for which this assignment
holds (if high bit set, get login assignment)

GI.QMC-Queue MCR Command Line

Queues a command line to the MCR CLI on the task's host
terminal.
GIN$ GI.QMC,bu{'siz
GI.QMC GIN$ function code (4)
buf

Address of buffer containing the MCR command line

siz

Buffer size in words

Notes

1. The command buffer to be queued should be terminated by a
carriage return or escape character.
2. If the command buffer is not terminated by a carriage return
or escape character, the buffer is copied up to the length of an
MCR command buffer. This may cause unpredictable results.
GI,REN-Rename Task

Renames the issuing task to the supplied task name. The new
name is checked for uniqueness and, if unique, the issuing task is
renamed.

183

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:
GIN$

GI.REN,nam1,nam2

GI.REN

GIN$ function code (8)

nam1

Radix-50 task name, first half

nam2

Radix-50 task name, second half

Notes
1. If an immediate Radix-50 expression is used for the task name,
it must be enclosed in double angle brackets ( < < > > ).
2. Tasks may rename to normally invalid task names such as
all blanks. This should be avoided, because the CLI directive
cannot abort such tasks.
3. Tasks that receive DECnet connections or send data packets
should not use this directive.
GI.SPR-Set Task Privilege

The Set Task Privilege (GI.SPR) function requests the setting or
clearing of the task privilege bit (T3.PRV) in the issuing task's
Task Control Block (TCB). The previous state of the bit is saved in
T4.PRV.

Macro Call:
GIN$

GI.SPR,fIg

GI.SPR

GIN$ function code (7)

fig

New privilege bit in bit 0

Note
The privilege bit may be set only if it was originally set, then
cleared.
GI.TSK-Flnd and Return Task Information

Returns information on a task which may have its Task Control
Block (TCB) in secondary or primary pool.
GIN$ GI.TSK,buf,siz,nam1,nam2

184

Executive Directive Summary

GI.TSK

GIN$ function code (10)

buf

Address of buffer to receive the task information

siz

Buffer size in words

nam1

First half of Radix-50 task name

nam2

Second half of Radix-50 task name

Notes
1.

If an immediate Radix-50 expression is used for the task name,
it must be enclosed in double angle brackets ( < < > > ).

If the task name is in the form ... XXX, the multiuser task
XXXTnn is searched. If the task is not found, the prototype
task is searched.

If the task name is of form XXX$$$, only the prototype task is
searched.

If the task name is limited to three characters and a task is
not found, an additional search is made for a multiuser task or
prototype task.

Optional information is returned only if there is room in the
buffer.

GI.UAB-Get User Account Block

Moves the contents of a User Account Block (UAB) to a user
buffer.
GIN$ GI.UAB,buf,siz,dev,unt
GI.UAB

GIN$ function code (5)

buf

Address of buffer to receive the UAB information

siz

Buffer size in words

dev

Device name (if zero, use task's TI:)

unt

Device unit number

185

Executive Directive Summary

Notes
1.

The buffer size must be a minimum of <B.VLEN/2> words.

The format of the VAB is subject to change. Offsets into the
returned buffer should be defined by using the system macro
ACNDF$.

GLUIC-Get System UIC Information

Returns the system Vser Identification Code (VIC), the library
VIC, the task's current and protection VICs, and the issuing
terminal (TI) login VIC. If more space is available, the current
terminal VIC, the terminal command line interpreter (CLI), the
system name, the network VIC, and the system size in 32-word
blocks are also returned.

Macro Call:
GIN$

GI.VIC,buf,siz

GI.VIC

GIN$ function code (1)

buf

Address of 5- or 32-word buffer to receive the
information

siz

Buffer size in words

GLUPD-Update UICs and Default Directory

Takes the default Vser Identification Code (VIC) and the
protection VIC from the Vnit Control Block (VCB) of the ~erminal
and copies them into the header of the task. If the default
directory of the task and the default directory of the terminal
are different, GI. VPD sets the default of the task directory to the
same default as the terminal directory. Then, it jumps to $SFVIC.
GIN$ GI.UPD,buf,siz

186

GI.VPD

GIN$ function code (17)

buf

Address of 5- or 32-word buffer to receive the
information

siz

Buffer size in words

Executive Directive Summary

Note

The buffer size must be a minimum of 32 words for the optional
information to be received.

GLUN$

Get LUN Information
FORTRAN Call:

CALL GETLUN (lun,dat[,ids])
lun

Logical unit number (LUN)

dat

A 6-word integer array to receive the LUN
information

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

GLUN$ lun,buf
lun

Logical unit number (LUN)

buf

Address of 6-word buffer that will receive the LUN
information

Get MCR Command Line

GMCR$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL GETMCR (buf[,ids])
buf

An SO-byte array to receive the command line

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

GMCR$

IB7

Executive Directive Summary

Get Mapping Context

GMCX$

FORTRAN Coil:

CALL GMCX (imcx[,ids])
imcx

An integer array to receive the mapping
context. The size of the array is 8*n+1, where
n is the number of window blocks in the task's
header. (The maximum size is 8*24+1=193 on
RSX-11M systems.)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

GMCX$ wvec
wvec

The address of a vector of n window definition
blocks (WDBs), followed by a terminator word;
n is the number of window blocks in the task's
header.

Get Partition Parameters

GPRT$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL GETPAR ([prt],buf(,ids])
prt

Partition name

buf

A 3-word integer array to receive partition
parameters

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

GPRT$ [prt],buf

188

prt

Partition name

buf

Address of 3-word buffer

Executive Directive Summary

GREG$

Get Region Parameters
FORTRAN Call:

CALL GETREG ([rid],buf(,ids])
rid

Re~onid

buf

A 3-word integer array to receive re~on parameters

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

GREG$ [rid],buf
rid

Re~onid

buf

Address of 3-word buffer

Get Sense Switches ($S form recommended)

GSSW$S

FORTRAN Call:

CALL READSW (isw)
isw

Integer to receive the console switch settings

The following FORTRAN call SSWTCH allows a program to read the
state of a single switch:
CALL SSWTCH (ibt,ist)
ibt

The switch to be tested (0-15)

ist

Test results where:
1
Switch on
2

Switch off

Macro Call:

GSSW$S [err]
err

Error routine address

189

Executive Directive Summary

GTIM$

Get Time Parameters
FORTRAN Call:
CALL GETTIM (ibfl[,ids])
ibfl

An 8-word integer array

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:
GTIM$

buf
Address of 8-word buffer

buf

GT5K$

Get Task Parameters
FORTRAN Call:
CALL GETTSK (buf[,ids])
buf

An I8-word integer array to receive the task
parameters

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:
GTSK$

buf

Address of I8-word buffer

Inhibit A5T Recognition ($5 form recommended)
FORTRAN Call:
CALL INASTR [(ids)]
ids

190

Directive status

IHAR$5

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

IHAR$S [err]
err

Error routine address

Map Address Window

MAP$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL MAP

(iwdb[,ids])

iwdb

An 8-word integer array containing a Window
Definition Block (WDB)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

MAP$

wdb

Window Definition Block (WDB)

MRKT$

Mark Time
FORTRAN Call:

CALL MARK (efn,tmg,tnt[,ids])
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

tmg

Time interval magnitude

tnt

Time interval unit

ids

Directive status

The ISA standard call for delaying a task for a specified time interval
is also included:
CALL WAIT (tmg,tnt,ids)
tmg

Time interval magnitude

tnt

Time interval unit

ids

Directive status

191

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

MRKT$ [efn], tmg, tnt[,ast]
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

tmg

Time interval magnitude

tnt

Time interval unit

ast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) entry point
address

Map Supervisor O-Space

MSOS$

FORTRAN Call:

Not supported
Macro Call:

MSDS$ mask
mask

A 7-bit mask with one bit corresponding to
each supervisor-mode D-space Active Page
Register (APR). If the bit is set, the APR is
mapped to supervisor-mode I-space. If the
bit is clear, the APR is mapped to user-mode
D-space. The 7 bits are specified in bits 8 to 14
of the mask word.

Move to/from User/Supervisor I/O-Space
FORTRAN Call:

Not supported

192

MVTS$

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:
MVTS$ action,addr { :e~:
action

}

One of the following:
MV. TUI
Move to user I-space
MV.TUD

Move to user D-space

MV.TSI

Move to supervisor I-space

MV.TSD

Move to supervisor D-space

MV.FUI

Move from user I-space

MV.FUD

Move from user D-space

MV.FSI

Move from supervisor I-space

MV.FSD

Move from supervisor D-space

addr

Address of the location in the task

buf

Buffer to receive the value fetched (for the
move-from operations)

val

Value to be stored in the location (for the
move-to operations)

Parse FCS

PFCS$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL PRSFCS ([mod],[itbmsk],[lun],prbuf,prsz,rsbuf,rssz,[rslen],
[prsblk,prssz], [dfnbk, dfnsz], [rsmsk][,idsw])

193

Executive Directive Summary

194

mod

Modifier of the logical name within a table;
if not specified, the nonzero value reserved
by the system (LB.LOC = 1 or LB.LOG = 2) is
placed in the Directive Parameter Block (DPB);
if specified, the values can range from 0 to 255
but should normally correspond to the values
used by the system.
Specifying one of these values means that
matches in the logical table are based on the
exact value. Not specifying a value means that
the system looks for the first matching logical
block, regardless of the modifier value.

itbmsk

Inhibit mask to prevent a logical table from
being searched. When specified according to
the values in the following table, this parameter
prevents a particular logical name table from
being searched:
System (IN.SYS) = 10
Group

(IN.GRP) = 4

Session

(IN.SES) = 20

Task

(IN.TSK)

lun

Logical unit number (LUN) to be assigned

prbuf

Array containing the primary file specification
buffer; prbuf and prsz must both be specified
or both omitted; if omitted, a comma between
their positions must be present unless no other
parameters follow

prsz

Size (in bytes) of the primary file specification
buffer; prbuf and prsz must both be specified
or both omitted; if omitted, a comma between
their positions must be present unless no other
parameters follow

rsbuf

Array containing the resulting file specification
buffer

rssz

Size (in bytes) of the resulting file specification
buffer

Executive Directive Summary

rslen

Integer to receive the resulting string size

prsblk

Array containing the parse block

prssz

Size (in bytes) of the parse block

dfnbk

Array containing the default name block;
dfnbk and dfnsz must both be specified or
both omitted; if omitted, a comma between
their positions must be present unless no other
parameters follow

dfnsz

Size of the default name block; dfnbk and
dfnsz must both be specified or both omitted; if
omitted, a comma between their positions must
be present unless no other parameters follow

rsmsk

Mask of fields in the resulting string to
suppress before returning the string. The
bits currently defined are the same as those
for the flag word in the parse block. The bits
are FS$NOD, FS$DEV, FS$DIR, FS$NAM,
FS$TYP, and FS$VER. If the bit FS$NDF is set,
the device is not defaulted to and the LUN is
not assigned. (FS$NDF has no meaning for the
FSS$ directive.)

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:
PFCS$

[mod],[tbmsk],[lun],prbuf,prsz,rsbuf,rssz,[rslen],[prsblk],
[prssz],[dfnb k],[dfnsz][,rsmsk]

195

Executive Directive Summary

196

mod

Modifier of the logical name within a table;
if not specified, the nonzero value reserved
by the system (LB.LOC = 1 or LB.LOG = 2) is
placed in the Directive Parameter Block (DPB);
if specified, the values can range from 0 to 255
but should normally correspond to the values
used by the system.
Specifying one of these values indicates that
matches in the logical table are based on the
exact value. Not specifying a value indicates
that the system will look for the first matching
logical block, regardless of the modifier value.

tbmsk

Inhibit mask to prevent a logical table from
being searched. When set, the following
symbol bit definitions prevent a particular
table from being searched:
System
IN .SYS = 10
Group

IN.GRP

Session

IN.SES

= 20

Task

IN.TSK

4
1

lun

Logical unit number (LUN) to be assigned

prbuf

Address of the primary file specification buffer

prsz

Size (in bytes) of the primary file specification
buffer

rsbuf

Address of the resulting file specification buffer

rssz

Size (in bytes) of the resulting file specification
buffer

rslen

Address of a word to receive the resulting string
size

prsblk

Address of the parse block

prssz

Size (in bytes) of the parse block

Executive Directive Summary

dfnbk

Address of the default name block

dfnsz

Size of the default name block

rmsk

PRMS$

Parse RMS
FORTRAN Call:

CALL PRSRMS ([mod],[itbmsk],nun],prbuf,prsz,rsbuf,rssz,[rslen],
[prsblk,prssz],[dfbuf,dfsz],[rsmsk][,idsw))
mod

Modifier of the logical name within a table;
if not specified, the nonzero value reserved

by the system (LB.LOC = 1 or LB. LOG = 2) is
placed in the Directive Parameter Block (DPB);
if specified, the values can range from 0 to 255
but should normally correspond to the values
used by the system.
Specifying one of these values indicates that
matches in the logical table are based on the
exact value. Not specifying a value indicates
that the system will look for the first matching
logical block, regardless of the modifier value.

197

Executive Directive Summary

itbmsk

198

Inhibit mask to prevent a logical table from
being searched. The following symbol bit
definitions, when set, prevent a particular table
from being searched:
System

IN.SYS

= 10

Group

IN.GRP

= 4

Session

IN.SES

= 20

Task

IN.TSK

lun

Logical unit number (LUN) to be assigned

prbuf

prsz

rsbuf

Array containing the resulting file specification
buffer

rssz

Size (in bytes) of the resulting file specification
buffer

rslen

Integer to receive the resulting string size

prsblk

Array containing the parse block

prssz

Size (in bytes) of the parse block

dfbuf

Address of the default file specification buffer;
dfbuf and dfsz must both be specified or both
omitted; if omitted, a comma between their
position must be present unless no other
parameters follow

Executive Directive Summary

dfsz

Size (in bytes) of the default file specification
buffer; dfbuf and dfsz must both be specified
or both omitted; if omitted, a comma between
their positions must be present unless no other
parameters follow

rsmsk

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:
PRMS$
mod

[mod],[tbmsk],[lun],prbuf,prsz,rsbuf,rssz,[rslen],[prsblk],
[prssz],[dfbuf],[dfsz][,rsmsk]
Modifier of the logical name within a table;
if not specified, the nonzero value reserved

by the system (LB.LOC = 1 or LB.LOG = 2) is
placed in the Directive Parameter Block (DPB);
if specified, the values can range from 0 to 255
but should normally correspond to the values
used by the system.
Specifying one of these values indicates that
matches in the logical table are based on the
exact value. Not specifying a value indicates
that the system will look for the first matching
logical block, regardless of the modifier value.

199

Executive Directive Summary

tbmsk

200

Inhibit mask to prevent a logical table from
being searched. The following symbol bit
definitions, when set, prevent a particular table
from being searched:
System

IN .SYS

= 10

Group

IN.GRP

= 4

Session

IN.SES

= 20

Task

IN.TSK

= 1

lun

Logical unit number (LUN) to be assigned

prbuf

Address of the primary file specification buffer

prsz

Size (in bytes) of the primary file specification
buffer

rsbuf

Address of the resulting file specification buffer

rssz

Size (in bytes) of the resulting file specification
buffer

rslen

Address of a word to receive the resulting string
size

prsblk

Address of the parse block

prssz

Size (in bytes) of the parse block

dfbuf

Address of the default specification buffer

dfsz

Size (in bytes) of the default specification buffer

rsmsk

Executive Directive Summary

Queue I/O Request

QIO$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL QIO (fnc,lun,[efn],[pri],[isb],[prl][,ids])
fnc

I/O function code

lun

Logical unit number (LUN)

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

pri

Priority (ignored, but parameter must be present in
call)

isb

A 2-word integer array to receive final I/O status

prl

A 6-word integer array containing devicedependent parameters to be placed in parameter
words 1 to 6 of the Directive Parameter Block
(DPB). Fill in this array by using the GETADR
routine.

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:
QIO$ fnc,lun,[ efn],[pri],[isb],[ast],[prl]
fnc

I/O function code

lun

Logical unit number (LUN)

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

pri

Priority (ignored, but Q.IDPR byte must be present
in DPB)

isb

Address of I/O status block

ast

Address of asynchronous system trap (AST) service
routine entry point

prl

Parameter list of the form <pl, ... p6>

201

Executive Directive Summary

Que I/O Request and Walt

QIOW$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL WTQIO (fnc,lun,[efn],[pri],[isb],[prl][,ids])
fnc

I/O function code

lun

Logical unit number (LUN)

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

pri

Priority (ignored, but parameter must be present in
call)

isb

A 2-word integer array to receive final I/O status

prl

A 6-word integer array containing devicedependent parameters to be placed in parameter
words 1 to 6 of the Directive Parameter Block (DPB)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:
QIOW$ fnc,lun,[efn],[pri],[isb],[ast][,prl]

202

fnc

I/O function code

lun

Logical unit number (LUN)

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

pri

Priority (ignored, but parameter must be present in
DPB)

isb

Address of I/O status block

ast

Address of asynchronous system trap (AST) service
routine entry point

prl

Parameter list of the form <pl, ... p6>

Executive Directive Summary

Receive Data or Stop

RCST$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL RCST ([rtname],ibuf[,ids])
rtname

Sender task name (if not specified, data may be
received from any task)

ibuf

Address of 1S-word buffer to receive the sender
task name and data

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

RCST$

[tname],buf

tname

Sender task name (if not specified, data may be
received from any task)

buf

Address of IS-word buffer to receive the sender
task name and data

Receive Data

RCVD$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL RECEIV ([tsk],buf["ids])
tsk

Sender task name (if not specified, data may be
received from any task)

buf

A IS-word integer array for received data

ids

Directive status

203

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

RCVD$ [tsk],buf
tsk

Sender task name (if not specified, data may be
received from any task)

buf

Address of IS-word buffer

RCVX$

Receive Data or Exit
FORTRAN Call:

CALL RECOEX ([tsk],buf["ids])
tsk

Sender task name (if not specified, data may be
received from any task)

buf

A IS-word integer array for received data

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

RCVX$

[tsk],buf

tsk

Sender task name (if not specified, data may be
received from any task)

buf

Address of IS-word buffer

RDAF$

Read All Event Flags
FORTRAN Call:

A FORTRAN task can read only one event flag. The call is as
follows:
CALL READEF (efn[,ids])
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

ids

Directive status

The Executive returns the status codes IS.SET (+02) and IS.CLR (00)
for FORTRAN calls in order to report event-flag polarity.

204

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

RDAF$ buf
buf

Address of 4-word buffer

Read Event Flag

RDEF$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL READEF (iefn[,ids])
iefn

Integer containing an event flag number (EFN)

ids

Integer variable to receive the Directive Status
Word (DSW)

The Executive returns the status codes IS.SET (+02) and IS.CLR (00)
for FORTRAN calls in order to report event-flag polarity.
Macro Call:

RDEF$ efn
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

Read Extended Event Flags

RDXF$

FORTRAN Call:

A FORTRAN task can read only one event flag. The call is:
CALL READER (efn[,ids])
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

ids

Directive status

The Executive returns the status codes IS.SET (+02) and IS.CLR (00)
for FORTRAN calls in order to report event-flag polarity.
Macro Call:

RDXF$ buf
buf

Address of 6-word buffer

205

Executive Directive Summary

Recursive Translation of Logical Name

RLON$ and RLOG$

(CALL RCTLON and RLON$ are the preferred calls to use on RSX11M-PLUS and Micro/RSX operating systems. CALL RCTLOG and
RLOG$ are provided for compatibility with Professional operating
system (P lOS).)
FORTRAN Call:

CALL RCTLON ([mod],[itbmsk],[status],lns,lnssz,iens,ienssz,
[rsize],[rtbmod][,idswD
CALL RCTLOG ([mod], [itbmsk], [status],lns,lnssz,iens,ienssz,
[rsize],[rtbmod][,idswD
mod

Optional modifier to be matched against the
logical name within a table. Ordinarily, no
value will be specified to allow any logical
name in table to be found.

itbmsk

Inhibit mask to prevent a logical table from
being searched. When this parameter is
specified, according to the values in the
following table, the particular logical name
table is not searched.
System

IN.SYS

= 10

Group

IN.GRP

= 4

Session

IN.SES

= 20

Task

IN.TSK

If no mask is specified (or a value of 0 is

specified), the tables are searched in the
following order: task, session, group, system.
The tables are searched in this order for each
iteration. The values remain constant for all
iterations of a logical name translation.

206

Executive Directive Summary

status

Word to receive the logical status associated
with the located logical name as shown in the
following table.
LS.TRM
1
Terminal status. Indicates
that the last logical name in
the list required no further
translation.
LS.PRV

Privileged status. Only
privileged tasks may delete
the last logical name in the
list.

Ins

Character array containing the original logical
name string

lnssz

Size (in bytes) of the original logical name
string

iens

Character array buffer to receive the returned
equivalence-name string

ienssz

Size (in bytes) of the data area for the returned
equivalence-name string

rsize

Word to receive the size of the equivalencename string

rtbmod

Word to receive, in the lower byte, the table
number and, in the higher byte, the modifier
value of the located logical name

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:
RLON$ [mod],[tbmsk],[status],lns,lnssz,ens,enssz,[rsize],[rtbmod]
RLOG$ [mod],[tbmsk],[status],lns,lnssz,ens,enssz,[rsize],[rtbmod]
mod

Optional modifier to be matched against the
logical name within a table. Ordinarily, no
value will be specified to allow any logical
name in table to be found.

207

Executive Directive Summary

tbmsk

Inhibit mask to prevent a logical table from
being searched. The following symbol
definitions, when set, prevent a particular
table from being searched:
System
IN .SYS = 10
Group

IN.GRP

= 4

Session

IN.SES

= 20

Task
IN.TSK = 1
If no mask is specified (or a value of 0 is
specified), the tables are searched in the
following order: user, session, group, system.
The tables are searched in this order for each
iteration. The values remain constant for all
iterations of a logical name translation.
status

Word to receive the logical status associated
with the located logical name as follows:
LS.TRM
Terminal status bit. Indicates
the last logical name in
list wanted no further
translation.
LS.PRV

208

Privileged status. Last logical
name in list can be only
deleted by a privileged task.

Ins

Character array containing the original logical
name string

lnssz

Size (in bytes) of the original logical name
string

ens

Character array buffer to receive the returned
equivalence-name string

enssz

Size (in bytes) of the data area for the returned
equivalence-name string

Executive Directive Summary

rsize

Word to receive the size of the equivalencename string

rtbmod

Word to receive, in the lower byte, the table
number and, in the higher byte, the modifier
value of the located logical name

Remove Atnnlty ($5 form recommended)

RMAF$5

FORTRAN Call:

CALL RMAF [(ids)]
ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word (DSW)

Macro Call:

RMAF$S

Request and Pass Offspring Information

RPOI$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL RPOI (tname,[iugc],[iumc],[iparen],[ibufJ,[ibfl],[isc],[idnam],
[iunit], [itask],[ocbad][,ids])
tname

N arne of an array containing the actual name
(in Radix-50) of the task to be requested and
optionally chained to

iugc

Name of an integer containing the group code
number for the User Identification Code (UIC)
of the requested target chain task

iumc

Name of an integer containing the member
code number for the UIC of the requested
target chain task

iparen

Name of an array (or 1*4 integer) containing
the Radix-50 name of the parent task. This
is returned in the information buffer of the
GTCMCI subroutine.

209

Executive Directive Summary

210

ibuf

N arne of an array that contains the command
line text for the chained task

ibfl

Name of an integer that contains the number of
bytes in the command in the ibuf array

isc

Flag byte controlling the actions of this directive
request when executed. The bit definitions of
this byte (only the low-order byte of the integer
specified in the call is ever used) are as follows:
RP.OEX
128
Force this task to
exit on successful
execution of the
RPOI$ directive
RP.OAL

Pass all of this task's
connections to the
requested task. (The
default is none.)

RP.ONX

Pass the first
connection in the
queue, if there is one

idnam

Name of an integer containing the ASCII device
name of the requested task's TI: (must be the
name of a physical device)

iunit

Name of an integer containing the unit number
of the requested task's TI:

itask

Name of an array containing the Radix-50
name the requested task is to run under.
On RSX-11M-PLUS systems, any task may
specify a new name for the requested task as
long as the requested task is not a command
line interpreter (CLI) task. This argument is
valid only if the issuing task is a CLI task.
The requested task (specified in the tname
parameter) must be installed in the ... tsk format.

Executive Directive Summary

ocbad

Name of an integer containing the internal pool
address of the parent Offspring Control Block
(OCB). This value may be obtained only in the
information buffer of the CTCMCI subroutine,
which only a CLI can issue; therefore, only a
CLI can specify this argument.

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:
RPOI$

tname",,[ugc],[umc],[parent],[bufadr],[buflen],[sc],[dnam],
[unit], [task],[ocbad]

tname

N arne of task to be chained to

ugc

Croup code for VIC of the requested task

umc

Member code for VIC of the requested task

parent

Name of issuing task's parent task whose
connection is to be passed

bufadr

Address of buffer to be given to the requested
task

buflen

Length of buffer to be given to requested task

Flag bits are as follows:
RP.OEX
(200) Force issuing task to
exit
RP.OAL

dnam

(1)

Pass all connections
(default is none)

RP.ONX -

(2)

Pass the first
connection in the
queue, if there is one

ASCII device name for TI: (must be the name
of a physical device)

211

Executive Directive Summary

unit

Unit number of task's TI:

task

Radix-50 name of task to be started.
On RSX-IIM-PLUS systems, any task may
specify a new name for the requested task as
long as the requested task is not a CLI task.
This argument is valid only if the issuing task is
a CLI task.
The requested task (specified in the tname
parameter) must be installed in the ... tsk format

ocbad

Address of Offspring Control Block (OCB) to
pass (CLls only)

Request Task

RQST$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL REQUES (tsk,[opt][,ids])
tsk

Task name

opt

A 4-word integer array, as follows:
Partition name, first half (ignored,
opt(l)
but must be present)

ids

opt(2)

Partition name, second half
(ignored, but must be present)

opt(3)

Priority (ignored, but must be
present)

opt(4)

User Identification Code (UIC)

Directive status

Macro Call:
RQST$ tsk,[prt],[pri][,ugc,umc]

212

tsk

Task name

prt

Partition name (ignored, but must be present)

Executive Directive Summary

pri

Priority (ignored, but must be present)

ugc

UIC group code

umc

UIC member code

Receive by Reference

RREF$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL RREF (iwdb,[isrb][,ids])
iwdb

An 8-word integer array containing a Window
Definition Block (WDB)

isrb

A lO-word integer array to be used as the
receive buffer

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

RREF$ wdb
wdb

Window Definition Block (WDB) address

Receive by Reference or Stop

RRST$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL RRST (iwdb,[isrb][,ids])
iwdb

An 8-word integer array containing a Window
Definition Block (WDB)

isrb

A lO-word integer array to be used as the
receive buffer. If the call omits this parameter,
the contents of iwbd(8) are unchanged

ids

Directive status

213

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:
RRST$

wdb
Window Definition Block (WDB) address

wdb

RSUM$

Resume Task
FORTRAN Call:
CALL RESUME

(tsk[,ids])

tsk

Task name

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:
RSUM$

tsk

Task name

RUN$

Run Task
FORTRAN Call:
CALL RUN
tsk

Task name

opt

A 4-word integer array, as follows:
opt(l)
Partition name, first half
(ignored, but must be present)

smg

214

(tsk,[opt],smg,snt,[rmg],[mt][,ids])

opt(2)

Partition name, second half
(ignored, but must be present)

opt(3)

Priority (ignored, but must be
present)

opt(4)

User Identification Code (UIC)

Schedule delta magnitude

Executive Directive Summary

snt

Schedule delta unit (either I, 2, 3, or 4)

rmg

Reschedule interval magnitude

Reschedule interval unit

ids

Directive status

The ISA standard call for initiating a task is also provided as shown
next.
CALL START (tsk,smg,snt[,ids])
tsk

Task name

smg

Schedule delta magnitude

snt

Schedule delta unit (either I, 2, 3, or 4)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

RUN$

tsk,[prt],[pri],[ugc],[umc],smg,snt[,rmg,mt]

tsk

Task name

prt

Partition name (ignored, but must be present)

pri

Priority (ignored, but must be present)

ugc

UIC group code

umc

UIC member code

smg

Schedule delta magnitude

snt

Schedule delta unit (either I, 2, 3, or 4)

rmg

Reschedule interval magnitude

Reschedule interval unit

Specify Command Arrival AST

SCAA$

FORTRAN Call:

Not supported

215

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

SCAA$ [ast]
ast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) service routine
entry point. Omitting this parameter disables
command arrival ASTs for the issuing task until the
directive is respecified.

Supervisor Call ($S form recommended)

SCAL$S

FORTRAN Call:

Not supported
Macro Call:

SCAL$S saddr,caddr[,err]
saddr

Address of the called supervisor-mode routine

caddr

Address of the completion routine for return to
the caller

err

Address of error routine

Set Command Line Interpreter

SCLI$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SETCLI (icli,idev,iunit[,ids])

216

icli

A 2-word array element containing the name
of the command language interpreter (CLI) to
which the terminal is to be set

idev

Integer containing the ASCII name of the
terminal to be set (default = TI:)

iunit

Integer containing the unit number of terminal

ids

Directive status

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

SCLI$ cli,[dev],[unit]
eli

Name of the command line interpreter (CLI) to
which the terminal is to be set

dev

ASCII name of the terminal to be set (default =
TI:)

unit

Unit number of terminal

SOAT$

Send Data
FORTRAN Call:

CALL SEND (tsk,buf,[efn][,ids])
tsk

Task name

buf

A 13-word integer array of data to be sent

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

SDAT$ tsk,buf[,efn]
tsk

Task name

buf

Address of 13-word data buffer

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

217

Executive Directive Summary

Set Default Directory

SDIR$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SETDDS (mod,iens,ienssz[,idsw])
mod

Modifier for the SDIR$ directive;
o
Modify task default
SD.LOG

Modify terminal default

SD.BYE

Delete terminal default

SD.TI

Set task default to terminal
default

iens

Character array containing the default directory
string

ienssz

Size (in bytes) of the default directory string

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

SDIR$

{:~~enssz

}

mod,ens,enssz

mod

218

Modifier for the SDIR$ directive;
o
Modify task default
SD.LOG

Modify terminal default

SD.BYTE

Delete terminal default

SD.TI

Set task default to terminal
default

Executive Directive Summary

ens

Buffer address of the default directory string;
if not specified, the default directory string
is deleted (ens and enssz must be selected to
modify the default)

enssz

Size (in bytes) of the default directory string
(enssz must be selected to modify the default)

Send, Request, and Connect

SORC$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SDRC (rtname,ibuf,[iefn],[iast],[iesb],[iparm][,ids])
CALL SDRCN (rtname,ibuf,[iefn],[iast],[iesb],[iparm][,ids])
rtname

Target task name of the offspring task to be
connected

ibuf

Name of 13-word send buffer

iefn

Event flag to be set when the offspring task
exits or emits status

iast

Name of an asynchronous system trap (AST)
routine to be called when the offspring task
exits or emits status (ignored for CALL SDRCN)

iesb

Name of an 8-word status block to be written
when the offspring task exits or emits status, as
follows:
Offspring-task exit status
Word
0
Word

Word

2-7

Task Termination
Notification Program
(TKTN) abort code
Reserved

iparm

Name of a word to receive the status block
address when an AST occurs

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

219

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

SDRC$ tname,buf,[efn],[east],[esb]
tname

Target task name of the offspring task to be
connected

buf

Address of a 13-word send buffer

efn

Event flag to be cleared on issuance and when
the offspring task exits or emits status

east

Address of an asynchronous system trap (AST)
routine to be called when the offspring task
exits or emits status

esb

Address of an 8-word status block to be written
when the offspring task exits or emits status, as
follows:
0
Offspring-task exit status
Word
Word

Word

2-7

TKTN abort code
Reserved

Send Data Request and Pass Offspring Control Block

SDRP$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SDRP (task,ibuf,[ibfl],[iefn],[iflag],[iparen],[iocbad][,ids])

220

task

Name of an array (REAL, INTEGER, 1*4) that
contains the Radix-50 name of target task

ibuf

Name of an integer array containing data to be
sent

ibfl

Name of an integer containing number of
words (integers) in the array to be sent. On
RSX-11M-PLUS systems, this argument may
be in the range of 1 to 255 10 . If this argument
is not specified, a default value of 1210 is
assumed. This argument must be 13 10 or must
be defaulted.

Executive Directive Summary

iefn

Name of an integer containing the number of
the event flag to be set when this directive is
executed successfully.

iflag

Name of an integer containing flag bits
controlling execution of this directive. The
flag bits are defined as follows:
SD.REX
128
Force this task to
exit upon successful
execution of this
directive
SD.RAL

Pass all connections
to the requested task
(default is pass none); if
you specify this flag, do
not specify the parent
task name

SD.RNX

Pass the first
connection in the
queue, if there is one,
to the requested task; if
you specify this flag, do
not specify the parent
task name

iparen

Name of array containing the Radix-50 name
of the parent task whose connection should
be passed to the target task. The name of the
parent task was returned in the information
buffer of the GTCMCI subroutine.

iocbad

Name of an integer containing pool address of
the Offspring Control Block (OCB) to pass. This
value was returned in the information buffer
of the GTCMCI subroutine. Only command
line interpreter (CLI) tasks may specify this
parameter

ids

Name of an integer to receive the contents of
the Directive Status Word (DSW)

221

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

SDRP$

task,bufadr,[buflen],[efn],[flag],[parent],[ocbad]

task

N arne of task to be chained to

bufadr

Address of buffer to be given to the requested
task

buflen

Length of buffer to be given to requested task

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

flag

Flag bits controlling execution of this directive
(see iflag for the definitions of the bits)

parent

Name of issuing task's parent task whose
connection is to be passed. If not specified,
all connections or no connections are passed,
depending on the flag bit

ocbad

Address of Offspring Control Block (OCB) to
pass (CLls only)

Set Event Flag

SETF$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SETEF (efn[,ids])
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

SETF$

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

Specify Floating Point Exception AST
FORTRAN Call:

Not supported

222

SFPA$

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

SFPA$ [ast]
ast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) service routine
entry point address

Send Message

SMSG$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SMSG (itgt,ibuf,ibufl,iprm,iprml[,ids])
itgt

Name of an integer containing the target object

ibuf

Name of an integer array containing the data to
be inserted into the formatted data packet

ibufl

Name of an integer containing length of the
ibuf array

iprm

Name of an integer array containing any
additional parameters

iprml

Name of an integer containing the number of
parameters in the iprm array

ids

Name of an optional integer to receive the
directive status

Macro Call:

SMSG$

tgt,buf,len, <pri, ... ,pm>

tgt

Target identifier

buf

Address of optional data buffer

len

Length (in bytes) of optional data buffer

223

Executive Directive Summary

pri, ... ,pm

Target-specific (for the Error Logger)
parameter list:
SMSG$ SM.SER,buf,len, < typ,sub,lun,mask>
typ

Error Logger packet code

sub

Error Logger packet subtype
code

lun

Logical unit number (LUN) of
device

msk

Control mask word

Send Next Command

SNXC$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SNXC ([idnam][,iunit][,ids])
idnam

Device name (ASCII); if not specified, TI: is
used

iunit

Unit number of the terminal from which the
command is to be sent

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

SNXC$ [dnam][,unum]
dnam

Device name (ASCII); if not specified, TI: is
used

unum

Unit number of the terminal from which the
command is to be sent

Specify Parity Error AST
FORTRAN Call:

Not supported

224

SPEAS

Executive'Directive Summary

Macro Call:

SPEA$ [ast]
ast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) service-routine
entry-point address

Suspend ($S form recommended)

SPND$S

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SUSPND [(ids)]
ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

SPND$S [err]
err

Error routine address

Specify Power Recovery AST

SPRA$

FORTRAN Call:
To Establish an AST:

EXTERNAL sub
CALL PWRUP sub
sub

Name of a subroutine to be executed upon power
recover. The PWRUP subroutine will effect the
following:
CALL sub (no arguments)
The subroutine is called as a result of a power
recovery asynchronous system trap (AST), and
therefore may be controlled at critical points by
using the DSASTR (or INASTR) and ENASTR
subroutine calls.

To Remove an AST:

CALLPWRUP

225

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

SPRA$ [ast]
ast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) service-routine
entry-point address

Spawn

SPWN$
FORTRAN Call:

CALL SPAWN (rtname,[iugc],[iumc],[iefn],[iast],[iesb],[iparm],
[icmlin],[icmlen],[iunit],[dnam][,ids»
CALL SP AWNN (rtname,[iugc],[iumc],[iefn],[iast],[iesb],[iparm],
[icmlin],[icmlen],[iunit],[dnam][,ids»
rtname

Name (Radix-50) of the offspring task to be
spawned

iugc

Group code number for the User Identification
Code (UIC) of the offspring task

iumc

Member code number for the UIC of the
offspring task

iefn

Event flag to be set when the offspring task
exits or emits status

iast

Name of an asynchronous system trap (AST)
routine to be called when the offspring
task exits or emits status (ignored for CALL
SPAWNN)

iesb

Name of an 8-word status block to be written
when the offspring task exits or emits status:
0
Offspring-task exit
Word
status

iparm

226

Word

Words

2-7

TKTN abort code
Reserved

Name of a word to receive the status block
address when the AST occurs

Executive Directive Summary

icmlin

Name of a command line to be queued for the
offspring task

icmlen

Length of the command line (255 10 ) characters
maximum

iunit

Unit number of terminal to be used as the TI:
for the offspring task (if the optional dnam
parameter is not specified, this parameter must
be the unit number of a virtual terminal created
by the issuing task; if a value of 0 is specified,
the TI: of the issuing task is propagated)

dnam

Device name mnemonic (must be the name of a
physical device)

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:
SPWN$

tname",[ugc],[umc],[efn],[east],[esb],[cmdlin,cmdlen],
[unum], [dnam]

tname

Name (Radix-50) of the offspring task to be
spawned

ugc

Group code number for the UIC of the offspring
task

umc

Member code number for the UIC of the
offspring task

efn

Event flag to be cleared on issuance and set
when the offspring task exits or emits status

east

Address of an asynchronous system trap (AST)
routine to be called when the offspring task
exits or emits status

227

Executive Directive Summary

esb

Address of an 8-word status block to be written
when the offspring task exits or emits status:
0
Offspring-task exit
Word
status
Word

Words

2-7

TKTN abort code
Reserved

cmdlin

Address of a command line to be queued for
the offspring task

cmdlen

Length of the command line (maximum length
is 255 10 )

unum

dnam

Device name mnemonic (must be the name of a
physical device)

Specify Receive Data AST

SRDA$

FORTRAN Call:

Neither the FORTRAN language nor the ISA standard permits direct
linking to system-trapping mechanisms. Therefore, this directive is
not available for FORTRAN tasks.
Macro Call:

SRDA$ [ast]
ast

228

Asynchronous system trap (AST) service-routine
entry-point address

Executive Directive Summary

Specify Requested Exit AST

SREA$ and SREX$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SREA (ast[,ids])
CALL SREX (ast,ipblk,ipblkl,[dummy][,ids])
ast

Name of the externally declared asynchronous
system trap (AST) subroutine

ipblk

Name of an integer array to receive the trapdependent parameters

ipblkl

Number of parameters to be returned into the
ipblk array

dummy

Reserved for future use

ids

Name of an optional integer to receive the
Directive Status Word (DSW)

Macro Call:

SREA$ [ast]
SREX$ [ast][,dummy]
ast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) serviceroutine entry-point address

dummy

Reserved for future use

Send by Reference

SREF$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SREF (tsk,[efn],iwdb,[isrb][,ids])
tsk-

A single-precision floating-point variable
containing the name of the receiving task in
Radix-50 format

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

229

Executive Directive Summary

iwdb

An 8-word integer array containing a Window
Definition Block (WDB)

isrb

An 8-word integer array containing additional
information. (If specified, the address of isrb is
placed in iWdb s; if isrb is omitted, the contents
of iwdb s remain unchanged.)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

SREF$ task,wdb[,efn]
task

Receiver task name

wdb

Window Definition Block (WDB) address

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

Specify Recelve-by-Reference AST

SRRA$

FORTRAN Call:

Neither the FORTRAN language nor the ISA standard permits direct
linking to system-trapping mechanisms. Therefore, this directive is
not available for FORTRAN tasks.
Macro Call:

SRRA$ last]
ast

Asynchronous system trap (AST) service-routine
entry-point address

Set Atnnlty

STAF$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL STAF (iaff[,ids])

230

iaff

Affinity mask word

ids

Integer to receive Directive Status Word (DSW)

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

STAF$ [cp!ub!ub ... ]
cp

Central processing unit (CPU) selected (A-D)

UNIBUS run or runs selected (E-T)

Set System Time Directive

STIM$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SETTIM (ibufn[,ibufp ][,ids])
ibufn

An 8-word integer array-new time
specification buffer

ibufp

An 8-word integer array-previous time buffer

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

STIM$ bufn,[bufp]
bufn

Address of new 8-word time-specification buffer

bufp

Address of 8-word buffer to receive the
previous system time parameters

Stop for logical OR of Event Flags

STlO$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL SILOR (iefl,ief2,ief3, ... ief(n»
iefl ... ief(n)

List of event flag numbers (EFNs)

Macro Call:

STLO$ grp,msk
grp

Desired group of event flags

msk

A 16-bit mask word

231

Executive Directive Summary

Stop ($S form recommended)

STOP$S

FORTRAN Call:

CALL STOP [(ids)]
ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word (DSW)

Macro Call:

STOP$S

STSE$

Stop for Single Event Flag
FORTRAN Call:

CALL STOPFR (iefn[,ids])
iefn

Event flag number (EFN)

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

STSE$ efn
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

Specify SST Vector Table for Debugging Aid

SVDB$

FORTRAN Call:

Neither the FORTRAN language nor the ISA standard permits direct
linking to system-trapping mechanisms. Therefore, this directive is
not available for FORTRAN tasks.

232

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

SVBD$

[adr][,len]

adr

Address of synchronous system trap (SST) vector
table

len

Length of (that is, number of entries in) table in
words

Specify SST Vector Table for Task

SVTK$

FORTRAN Call:

Neither the FORTRAN language nor the ISA standard permits direct
linking to system-trapping mechanisms. Therefore, this directive is
not available for FORTRAN tasks.
Macro Call:

SVTK$ [adr][,len]
adr

Address of synchronous system trap (SST) vector
table

len

Length of (that is, number of entries in) table in
words

Switch State

SWST$

FORTRAN Call:

Not supported
Macro Call:

SWST$ base,addr
base

The base virtual address within the task for
mapping the subroutine through APRS

addr

Virtual address of the subroutine to be executed
in system state by the directive

233

Executive Directive Summary

Test for Specified Task Feature

TFEA$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL TFEA (isym[,ids])
isym

Symbol for the specified task feature

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

TFEA$

sym

sym
Table 2:

Symbol for the specified task feature, as listed in
Table 2

Task Feature Symbols

Symbol

Value

Meaning

T2$WFR

Task in Wait-for state (I=YES)

T2$WFA

Saved T2$WFR on AST in progress

T2$SPN

Task suspended (1 =YES)

T2$SPA

Saved T2$SPN on AST in progress

T2$STP

Task stopped (1 =YES)

T2$STA

Saved T2$SPN [STP?] on AST in progress

T2$ABO

Task marked for abort (I=YES)

AT2$AFF

Task is installed with affinity

T2$S10

10.

Task stopped for buffered I/O

T2$SEF

12.

Task stopped for event flag or flags (I=YES)

T2$REX

13.

Requested exit AST specified

T2$CHK

14.

Task not checkpointable (1 =YES)

T2$DST

15.

AST recognition disabled (1 =YES)
(continued on next page)

234

Executive Directive Summary

Table 2 (Cont.):

Task Feature Symbols

Symbol

Value

Meaning

T2$AST

16.

AST in progress (l=YES)

T3$GFL

17.

Group global event flag lock

T3$SWS

18.

Reserved for use by Software Services

T3$CMD

19.

Task is executing a CLI command

T3$MPC

20.

Mapping change with outstanding I/O

T3$NET

21.

Network protocol level

T3$ROV

22.

Task has resident overlays

T3$CAL

23.

Task has checkpoint space in image

T3$NSD

24.

Task does not allow Send Data

T3$RST

25.

Task is restricted (l=YES)

T3$CLI

26.

Task is a command line interpreter

T3$SLV

27.

Task is a slave task (l=YES)

T3$MCR

28.

Task requested as external MCR function

T3$PRV

29.

Task is privileged (1 =YES)

T3$REM

30.

Remove task on exit (l=YES)

T3$PMD

31.

Dump task on synchronous abort (O=YES)

T3$ACP

32.

Ancillary Control Processor (l=YES)

T4$SNC

33.

Task uses commons for synchronization

T4$DSP

34.

Task was built for user I/D space

T4$PRV

35.

Task was privileged, but has cleared T3.PRV with
GIN$ (may be resent with GIN$ if T4$PRV set)

T4$PRO

36.

TeB is (or should be) a prototype
(continued on next page)

235

Executive Directive Summary

Table 2 (Cont.):

Task Feature Symbols

Symbol

Value

Meaning

T4$LDD

37.

Task's load device has been dismounted

T4$MUT

38.

Task is a multiuser task

T4$CTC

39.

Task has been processed by GIN$ "C abort

T4$FMP

40.

Task has fast-mapping header extension

Translate Logical Name

TLON$ and TLOG$

CALL TRALON and TLON$ are the preferred calls to use on RSX11M-PLUS and Micro/RSX systems. CALL TRALOG and TLOG$
are provided for compatibility with the Professional operating system
(P lOS).

FORTRAN Call:
CALL TRALON ([mod], [tbmsk],[status],lns,lnssz,ens,ienssz,
[rsize],[rtbmod],[status][,idsw])
CALL TRALOG ([mod],[tbmsk],[ sta tus ],lns,lnssz,ens,ienssz,
[rsize],[rtbmod],[status][,idsw])
mod

236

Executive Directive Summary

tbmsk

Inhibit mask to prevent a logical name table
from being searched. When specified according
to the values in the following table, this
parameter prevents the logical name table
from being searched:
System

(LT.SYS) = 0

Group

(LT.GRP) = 1

Session

(LT.SES) = 4

Task

(LT.TSK) = 3

If no mask is specified, the tables are searched
in the following order: task, session, group,
system.

status

Word to receive the logical status word, as
follows:
LS.TRM = 1
Terminal status bit. Indicates
the last logical name in
list wanted no further
translation.
LS.PRV

= 2

Privileged status. Last logical
name in list can only be
deleted by a privileged task.

Ins

Character array containing the logical name
string

lnssz

Size (in bytes) of the logical name string

ens

Character array buffer to receive the returned
equivalence-name string

ienssz

Size (in bytes) of the data area for the returned
equivalence-name string

237

Executive Directive Summary

rsize

Word to receive the size of the returned
equivalence name

rtbmod

Word to receive, in the lower byte, the table
number and, in the higher byte, the modifier
value of the located logical name

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:
TLO N$ [mod],[tbmsk],[sta tus],lns,lnssz,ens,enssz,[rsize],[rtbmod]
TLOG$ [mod],[tbmsk],[status],lns,lnssz,ens,enssz,[rsize],[rtbmod]
mod

Optional modifier to be matched against the
logical name within a table; specific values
restricted to LB.LOC or LB.LOG

tbmsk

Inhibit mask to prevent a logical table from
being searched. The following symbol
definitions, when set, prevent a particular
table from being searched:
IN.SYS = 10
System
Group

IN.GRP

= 4

Session

IN.SES

= 20

Task

IN.TSK

= 1

If no mask is specified, the tables are searched
in the following order: task, session, group,
system.

status

Word to receive the logical status word, as
follows:
Terminal status bit. Indicates
LS.TRM = 1
the last logical name in
list wanted no further
translation.
LS.PRV

238

Privileged status. Last logical
name in list can only be
deleted by a privileged task.

Executive Directive Summary

Ins

Character array containing the original logical
name string

lnssz

Size (in bytes) of the original logical name
string

ens

Character array buffer to contain the returned
equivalence string

enssz

Size (in bytes) of the data area for the returned
equivalence name string

rsize

Word to receive the size of the returned
equivalence name; this size is always the
actual size of the equivalence name regardless
of the string size specified with enssz

rtbmod

Word to receive, in the lower byte, the table
number and, in the higher byte, the modifier
value of the located logical name

Unlock Group Global Event Flags ($5 form recommended)

ULGF$5

FORTRAN Call:

CALL ULGF [(ids)]
ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

ULGF$S
err

[err]
Error routine address

239

Executive Directive Summary

Unmap Address Window

UMAP$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL UNMAP

(iwdb[,ids])

iwdb

An 8-word integer array containing a Window
Definition Block (WDB)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

UMAP$

wdb

wdb =

Window Definition Block (WDB) address

Unstop Task

USTP$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL USTP

([rtname][,ids])

rtname

Name of task to be unstopped. (If not specified,
CALL USTP will use the issuing task as its
default.)

ids

Integer to receive directive status information

Macro Call:

USTP$
tname

240

[tname]
Name of task to be unstopped. (If not specified,
USTP$ will use the issuing task as its default.)

Executive Directive Summary

Variable Receive Data

VRCD$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL VRCD

([task],bufadr,buflen[,ids])

task

Sender task name

bufadr

Array containing data to be sent [must be word
aligned (INTEGER*2)]

buflen

Length of buffer (in words)

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

VRCD$

[task],bufadr[,buflen],[ti]

task

Sender task name

bufadr

Buffer address

buflen

Buffer size (in bytes)

TI: indicator (ignored)

Variable Receive Data or Stop

VRCS$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL VRCS

([task],bufadr,[buflen][,ids])

task

Sender task name

bufadr

Array containing data to be sent [must be word
aligned (INTEGER*2)]

buflen

Length of buffer

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

241

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

VRCS$ [task],bufadr[,buflen],[ti]
task

Sender task name

bufadr

Buffer address

buflen

Buffer size (in bytes)

TI: indicator (ignored)

Variable Receive Data or Exit

VRCX$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL VRCX ([task],bufadr,[buflen][,ids])
task

Sender task name

bu fa dr

Array containing data to be sent [must be word
aligned (INTEGER"'2)]

buflen

Length of buffer

ids

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(OSW)

Macro Call:

VRCX$

242

[task],bufadr[,buflen],[ti]

task

Sender task name

bufadr

Buffer address

buflen

Buffer size (in words)

TI: indicator (ignored)

Executive Directive Summary

Variable Send Data

VSDA$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL VSDA (task,bufadr,[buflen],[efn][,idsw])
task

Receiver task name

bufadr

Address of the buffer to receive the sender
task name and data (must be word aligned
(INTEGER*2»

buflen

Length of buffer (in words)

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Macro Call:

VSDA$

task,bufadr,[buflen],[efn],[spri],[ti]

task

Receiver task name

bufadr

Buffer address

buflen

Buffer size (in words)

efn

Event flag number (EFN)

spri

Send priority (ignored)

TI: indicator (ignored)

243

Executive Directive Summary

Variable Send, Request, and Connect

VSRC$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL VSRC (rtname,ibuf,[ibuflen],[iefn],[iast],[iesb],[iparm][,idsw])
CALL VSRCN (rtname,ibuf,[ibuflen],[iefn],[iast],[iesb],[iparm][,idsw])

244

rtname

Target task name of the offspring task to be
connected

ibuf

Name of send buffer

ibuflen

Length of buffer

iefn

Event flag to be set when the offspring task
exits or emits status

iast

Name of an asynchronous system trap (AST)
routine to be called when the offspring task
exits or emits status (ignored for CALL VSRCN)

iesb

Name of an 8-word status block to be written
when the offspring task exits or emits status:
0
Offspring-task exit
Word
status
Word

Words

2-7

TKTN abort code
Reserved

iparm

Name of a word to receive the status block
address when an AST occurs

idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

Executive Directive Summary

Macro Call:

VSRC$

tname,buf[,buflen],[efn],[east],[esb]

tname

Target task name of the offspring task to be
connected

buf

Address of send buffer

buflen

Length of buffer

efn

The event flag to be cleared on issuance and set
when the offspring task exits or emits status

east

Address of an asynchronous system trap (AST)
routine to be called when the offspring task
exits or emits status

esb

Address of an 8-word status block to be written
when the offspring task exits or emits status:
0
Offspring-task exit
Word
status
Word

Words

2-7

TKTN abort code
Reserved

Walt for Significant Event ($S form recommended)

WSIG$S

FORTRAN Call:

CALL WFSNE
Macro Call:

WSIG$S
err

[err]
Error routine address

245

Executive Directive Summary

Walt for Logical OR of Event Flags

WTLO$

FORTRAN Call:

CALL WFLOR (efl,ef2,ef3 ... ,efn)
CALL WFLORS (idsw,efl,ef2,ef3 ... ,efn)
idsw

Integer to receive the Directive Status Word
(DSW)

efl ... efn

List of event flag numbers (EFNs) taken as the
set of flags to be specified in the directive

Macro Call:

WTLO$

grp,msk

grp

Desired group of event flags

msk

A 16-bit flag mask word

Walt for Single Event Flag
FORTRAN Call:

CALL WAITFR (efn[,ids])
efn

Event flag number (EFN)

ids

Directive status

Macro Call:

WTSE$
efn

246

efn
Event flag number (EFN)

WTSE$

DIRECTIVE ERROR CODES
Directives in the Directive Status Word (DSW) return the following error
codes. The complete abbreviation for these codes is IE.xxx. Only partial
abbreviations (xxx) are included in this list. The octal error number listed
is the low-order byte of the complete word value (two's complement of
the decimal).

Abbreviation

Number
Error
(Decimal) (Octal)

Meaning

.UPN

- 1

377

Insufficient dynamic storage

.INS

- 2

376

Specified task not installed

.PTS

- 3

375

Partition too small for task

.UNS

- 4

374

Insufficient dynamic storage for
send

.ULN

- 5

373

Unassigned logical unit number
(LUN)

.HWR

- 6

372

Device handler not resident

.ACT

- 7

371

Task not active

.ITS

- 8

370

Directive inconsistent with task
state

.FIX

- 9

367

Task already fixed/unfixed

.CKP

-10

366

Issuing task not checkpointable

.TCH

-11

365

Task is checkpointable

.RBS

-15

361

Receive buffer too small

.PRI

-16

360

Privilege violation

.RSU

-17

357

Resource in use

.NSW

-18

356

No swap space available

.ILV

-19

355

Illegal vector specified

.ITN

-20

354

Illegal table number

.LNF

-21

353

Logical name not found

247

Directive Error Codes

Abbreviation

Error
Number
(Decimal) (Octal)

.AST

-80

260

Directive issued/not issued from
asynchronous system trap (AST)

.MAP

-81

257

Illegal mapping specified

.lOP

-83

255

Window has I/O in progress

.ALG

-84

254

Alignment error

.WOV

-85

253

Address window allocation
overflow

.NVR

-86

252

Invalid region 10

.NVW

-87

251

Invalid address window 10

.ITP

-88

250

Invalid TI: parameter

.IBS

-89

247

Invalid send buffer size (greater
than 255 10 )

.LNL

-90

246

LUN locked in use

.lUI

-91

245

Invalid User Identification Code
(UIC)

.IOU

-92

244

Invalid device or unit

.ITI

-93

243

Invalid time parameters

.PNS

-94

242

Partition/region not in system

.IPR

-95

241

Invalid priority (greater than
250 10 )

.ILU

-96

240

Invalid logical unit number
(LUN)

.IEF

-97

237

Invalid event flag (number)

.ADP

-98

236

Part of Directive Parameter Block
(DPB) out of user's space

.SDP

-99

235

Directive Identification Code
(DIC) or DPB size invalid

Meaning

For additional information, refer to the RSX-IIM/M-PLUS and Micro/RSX
Executive Reference Manual.

248

I/O ERROR CODES
The following table lists RSX-IIM-PLUS I/O error codes. Only partial
abbreviations (xxx) are listed; the complete abbreviation is IE.xxx. The
octal number listed is the low-order byte of the complete word value
(two's complement of the decimal number).

Abbreviation

Error
Number
(Decimal) (Octal)

Meaning

.BAD

- 1

377

Bad parameters

.IFC

- 2

376

Invalid function code

.DNR

- 3

375

Device not ready

.VER

- 4

374

Parity error on device

.ONP

- 5

373

Hardware option not present

.SPC

- 6

372

Illegal user buffer

.DNA

- 7

371

Device not attached

.DAA

- 8

370

Device already attached

.DUN

- 9

367

Device not attachable

.EOF

-10

366

End-of-file (EOF) detected

.EOV

-11

365

End-of-volume (EOV) detected

.WLK

-12

364

Write attempted to locked unit

.DAO

-13

363

Data overrun

.SRE

-14

362

Send/receive failure

.ABO

-15

361

Request terminated

.PRI

-16

360

Privilege violation

.RSU

-17

357

Shareable resource in use

.OVR

-18

356

Illegal overlay request

.BYT

-19

355

Odd byte count (or virtual address)

.BLK

-20

354

Logical block number (LBN) too
large

249

I/O Error Codes

250

Abbreviation

Error
Number
(Decimal) (Octal)

,MOD

-21

353

Invalid Universal Digital Controller
(UDC) module number

.CON

-22

352

UDC connect error

.NOD

-23

351

Caller's nodes exhausted

.DFU

-24

350

Device full

.IFU

-25

347

Index file full

.NSF

-26

346

No such file

.LCK

-27

345

Locked from read/write access

.HFU

-28

344

File header full

.WAC

-29

343

Accessed for write

.CKS

-30

342

File header checksum failure

.WAr

-31

341

Attribute control list format error

.RER

-32

340

File processor device read error

.WER

-33

337

File processor device write error

.ALN

-34

336

File already accessed on logical unit
number (LUN)

.SNC

-35

335

File 10, file number check

.SQC

-36

334

File 10, sequence number check

.NLN

-37

333

No file accessed on LUN

.CLO

-38

332

File was not properly closed

.NBF

-39

331

Open-No buffer space available
for file

.RBG

-40

330

Illegal record size

.NBK

-41

327

File exceeds space allocated, no
blocks

.ILL

-42

326

Illegal operation on File Descriptor
Block (FOB)

Meaning

I/O Error Codes

Abbreviation

Error
Number
(Decimal) (Octal)

Meaning

.BTP

-43

325

Bad record type

.RAC

-44

324

Illegal record access bits set

.RAT

-45

323

Illegal record attribute bits set

.RCN

-46

322

Illegal record number-too large

.ICE

-47

321

Internal consistency error

.2DV

-48

320

Rename-two different devices

.FEX·

-49

317

Rename-a new file name already
in use

.BDR

-50

316

Bad directory file

.RNM

-51

315

Cannot rename old file system

.BDI

-52

314

Bad directory syntax

.FOP

-53

313

File already open

.BNM

-54

312

Bad file name

.BDV

-55

311

Bad device name

.BBE

-56

310

Bad block on device

.DUP

-57

307

Enter-duplicate entry in directory

.STK

-58

306

Not enough stack space (File
Control Services (FCS) or file
control processor (FCP»

.FHE

-59

305

Fatal hardware error on device

.NFI

-60

304

File ID was not specified

.ISQ

-61

303

Illegal sequential operation

.EOT

-62

302

End-of-tape (EOT) detected

.BVR

-63

301

Bad version number

.BHD

-64

300

Bad file header

.OFL

-65

277

Device off line

251

I/O Error Codes

252

Abbreviation

Number
Error
(Decimal) (Octal)

.BCC

-66

276

Block check, cyclic redundancy
check (CRC), or framing error

.ONL

-67

275

Device on line

.NNN

-68

274

No such node

.NFW

-69

273

Path lost to partner

.DIS

-69

273

Path lost to partner

.8LB

-70

272

Bad logical buffer

.TMM

-71

271

Too many outstanding messages

.NDR

-72

270

No dynamic space available

.UR}

-73

267

Connection rejected by user

.NR}

-74

266

Connection rejected by network

.EXP

-75

265

File expiration date not reached

.BTF

-76

264

Bad tape format

.NNC

-77

263

Not ANSI "Dn format byte count

.NDA

-78

262

No data available

.NLK

-79

261

Task not linked to specified
ICSjICR interrupts

.NST

-80

260

Specified task not installed

.AST

-80

260

No asynchronous system trap
(AST) specified in connect

.FLN

-81

257

Device off line when offline request
was issued

.IES

-82

256

Invalid escape sequence

.PES

-83

255

Partial escape sequence

.ALC

-84

254

Allocation failure

.ULK

-85

253

Unlock error

Meaning

I/O Error Codes

Abbreviation

Error
Number
(Decimal) (Octal)

Meaning

.WCK

-86

252

Write-check failure

.NTR

-87

251

Task not triggered

.REJ

-88

250

Transfer rejected by receiving
central processing unit (CPU)

.FLG

-89

247

Event flag already specified

.DSQ

-90

246

Disk quota exceeded

.IQU

-91

245

Inconsistent qualifier usage

.RES

-92

244

Circuit reset during operation

.TML

-93

243

Too many links to task

.NNT

-94

242

Not a network task

.TMO

-95

241

Timeout on request

.CNR

-96

240

Connection rejected

.UKN

-97

237

Unknown name

.SZE

-98

236

Unable to size device

.MIl

-99

235

Media inserted incorrectly

.SPI

-100

234

Spindown ignored

.FER

-101

233

Forced error mark encountered

.IRR

-102

232

Insufficient resources at remote
node

.sUI

-103

231

Service in use

.PIO

-104

230

Deaccess failed due to pending I/O

.CBE

-105

227

Compare buffer error

For additional information, see the RSX-IIM-PLUS and Micro/RSX I/O
Operations Reference Manual or the RSX-IIM-PLUS and Micro/RSX I/O

Drivers Reference Manual.

253

System Management Tools

ERROR LOGGING SYSTEM
The Error Logging System records information about errors and events
that occur on system hardware for immediate action or for later analysis
and reporting. The system consists of four tasks:
•

The Error Logger (ERRLOG)

•

The Error Log Interface (ELI)

•

The Report Generator (RPT)

•

The Control File Language Compiler (CFL)

This section describes the ELI commands that run ERRLOG and the RPT
commands that generate error log reports.
ELI Commands

The general format for an ELI command is shown next.
Format

[filespec][devicel [... devicen]]jswitchl [j ... switchn]
Parameters
filespec

Specifies a device mnemonic or the name of an error log file, backup
file, or file to append to the current error log file.
switches

Specifies switches to set, change, or display the ERRLOG operation.
You must specify at least one switch on each ELI command line.
Using ELI Defaults
If you want to use only the ERRLOG defaults and start logging, use the
following ELI command line:
>

This command starts ERRLOG, using LB:[1,6]LOG.ERR as the error log file
and LB:[1,6]BACKUP.ERR as the backup file. It also starts error limiting
on the error log devices.

257

Error Logging System

Switches
APPEND

fllespec/ AP

Appends the specified file to the current error log file. Logging must
be active for this switch to work.
BACKUP

fllespec/BA

Sets the name for a backup file to the next highest version of the file
named. This file is used if the primary error log file becomes unusable.
HARD ERROR LIMIT

devlce(s)/HL:n

Sets limit (n) for hard (unrecoverable) errors on a device or devices.
If limiting is turned on and the hard error limit is reached, logging of
hard errors for that device stops.
LIMITING

/LiM

Starts the use of error limiting, using either default limits or those
limits set with ELI switches.
LOGGING

[filespec ]/LOG

Begins Error Logger operation, turns on error limiting, and, if you
specify a file name, overrides the default name of the error log file
(LB:[l,6]LOG.ERR).
NOLIMITING

/NOLIM or /-LiM

Stops the use of error limiting.
NOLOGGING

/NOLOG or /-LOG

Stops Error Logger operation and turns off error limiting.
RESET

devlce(s)/RE

Resets the QIO and error counts on the specified devices to O. You
may specify up to 14 devices.
SHOW

[devlce(s)]/SH

Displays error logging information for the specified devices or, if
you do not specify device names, for all error logging devices on the
system. Also displays information about the current operating status
of the error logging system.

258

Error Logging System

SOFT ERROR LIMIT

devlce(s)/SL:n

Sets limits (n) for soft (recoverable) errors on a device or devices. If
limiting is turned on and the soft error limit is reached, logging of soft
errors for that device stops.
SWITCH

fllespec/SW

Copies the current error log file to the file specified and begins logging
in that file.
RPT COMMANDS

The general format for an RPT command is shown next.

Format
[reportfile][j switch(es)]=[inputfile][/ switches]

Parameters
reportflle

Specifies the name of the listing file that contains the Error Log Report.
switches

Specifies optional switches to control how RPT selects and formats
information from the error log file. You can use the switches with
either the output report file specification or the input file specification.

Default
>

The default command line selects the following RPT switches:
jF[ORMAT]:B[RIEF]
jT[YPE]:A[LL]
jDA[TE]:RANGE:*:*
jP[ACKET]:*:*
jD[EVICE]:ALL
jW[IDTH]:W[IDE]
jS[UMMARY]:N[ONE]

259

Error Logging System

Switches
DATE

/DA:argument

Arguments
P[REVIOUS]:ndays
R[ ANGE]:start:end
T[ODAY]
Y[ESTERDAY]

Allows you to select packets based on the date of their occurrence.
DEVICE

/DE:argument

Arguments
(devicename(s))

A[LL]

Allows you to select packets for a particular device, for more than one
device, or for all the devices on the system.
FORMAT

/F:argument

Arguments
B[RIEF]
F[ULL]
N[ONE]
R[EGISTERS]

Allows you to specify the desired format for the packet-by-packet
report.
PACKET NUMBER

/PA:bbbb.xxx(:bbbb.xxx)

Allows you to select a packet or range of packets by specifying the
packet identification number. The value bbbb is the block number
and xxx is the record number. A packet specified as * indicates open
ended.
REPORT

/R:argument

Arguments
D[AY]
MONTH
WEEK

260

Error Logging System

SYSTEM
userstring

Invokes a predefined string of switches for RPT to use. The qualifier
can be one of the Digital-defined strings or a user-defined switch
string.
The Digital-defined strings and their switches are as follows:
SYSTEM jFO:BRjTY:AjDA:RA:*.* jPA:*:* jWI:WIjSU:(H,E)
jFO:BRjTY:AjDA:PRE:7jWI:WIjSU:(H,E)
WEEK
jFO:BRjTY:AjDA:PRE:31 jWI:WIjSU:(H,E)
MONTH jFO:FULLjTY:AjDA:TODAYjWI:WIjSU:ALL
DAY
SERIAL NUMBER

/SE:argument

Arguments
D[RIVE]:number
P[ACK]:number

Selects packets based on drive or pack serial number.
SUMMARY

/SU:summary_type

Quallfters
HISTORY
ERROR
GEOMETRY

ALL
NONE

Allows you to select the type of summary reports that RPT generates.
You cannot use the multiple summary syntax to specify more than one
keyword if one of the keywords is ALL or NONE. That is, jSU:(ALL)
is legal but jSU:(ALL,ERROR) is not. The default is jSU:NONE.
TYPE

/T:argument

Arguments

A[LL]
C[ONTROL]
E[RRORS]
M[EMORY]

261

Error Logging System

PE[RIPHERAL]
PR[OCESSOR]
S[YSTEM-INFO]

Selects packets based on packet type or types.
VOLUME LABEL

/V:volumelabel

Selects packets based on volume label.
WIDTH

/W:argument

Arguments
N[ARROW]
W[IDE]

Selects the width of the report RPT creates (80 or 132 characters).
Many RPT switches accept lists of qualifiers. The format for these lists is
shown next.
Format
/ switch: (qualifier1,qualifier2 ... }

262

RECONFIGURATION SERVICES
Reconfiguration is the process of physically and logically connecting and
disconnecting various system resources. The reconfiguration services allow
you to bypass failed devices and isolate your system from the effects of
faulty hardware.
BUILD

BUILD

Creates a command sequence in an internal buffer that, if executed,
duplicates the current system configuration.
CLEAR

CLEAR

Erases the command sequence created with the BUILD command
(but not the file created with the LIST command) that is stored in the
internal buffer by CON.
DISPLAY

DISPLAY [keyword(s)] [FOR string]

Keywords

ALL
ATTRIBUTES
CONTROLLERS
FULL
UNITS

Displays the configuration and status of the hardware devices in the
current system.
EST ATUS

ESTATUS

Emits the current status of a specific device.
HELP

HELP

Displays the help text for CON.
IDENT

IDE NT

Displays the current versions of CON and HRC and the date and time
the two tasks were built.

263

Reconfiguration Services

LINK

LINK UBx TO CPx

(Multiprocessor systems only.) Logically connects a port of a switched
bus run to a processor.
LIST

LIST [filespec]

Displays the results from a BUILD command or puts the command
sequence into a specified file. A file type of CMD is recommended
because that is the default type for an indirect command file.
OFFLINE

OFFLINE device-spec 1[, devlce-spec2 ... ,devlce-specn]

Removes a device without context from the active set of devices in the
current configuration.
OFFLINE MEMORY

OFFLINE MEMORY memory-box

(Multiprocessor systems only.) Removes the MKAll memory box
with the highest addresses from the system. Note that you must first
ensure that tasks are not using the memory in the memory box.
ONLINE

ONLINE device-spec 1[,devlce-spec2 ... ,devlce-specn]

Attempts to place a device logically on line.
ONLINE MEMORY

ONLINE MEMORY memory-box

(Multiprocessor systems only.) Adds an MKAll memory box to
the online configuration. Note that you must expand the partition
structure to use the additional memory.
SET

SET controller optlon=value
Options

comments

CSR
VEC

TIMER
ALARM

Multiprocessor only
Multiprocessor only

Alters the control and status register (CSR) or interrupt vector address
values of a device (and, on multiprocessor systems, activates or
inhibits the sanity timer and its alarm).

264

Reconfiguration Services

SWITCH

SWITCH U8x TO CPx

(Multiprocessor systems only.) Logically disconnects a port of a
switched bus run from a processor and then connects the port to
another processor. The command is equivalent to a LINK command
followed by an UNLINK command.
UNLINK

UNLINK U8x

(Multiprocessor systems only.) Logically disconnects a port of a
switched bus run from its respective processor.
CON also accepts two switches, jHE and jNOMSG. These switches are
used alone in the CON command line. Their functions are as follows:
CON /HE

CON /HE

Displays the help text for CON.
CON /NOMSG

CON /NOMSG

Suppresses all information displays and error messages returned by
CON. You must exit from and then reenter CON to have the messages
displayed again.

265

RESOURCE ACCOUNTING
Resource Accounting provides a transaction file of system usage
information.
START/ACCOUNTING [parameterl ] ... [parametern]
Parameters
CRASH-REASON :yes /no
EXTEND_SIZE:value
FILE:filespec
POOL -RESERVE:value
SCAN -RATE:value
STATISTICS_SCAN[:rate]
SYSTEM_STATISTICS:yes/no
TASK:yes/no

The START/ACCOUNTING command starts up the Resource
Accounting subsystem. Note that the SYSLOG and ... ACC task
must be installed before you enter this command.
SET ACCOUNTING[[/]parameter 1] ... [[!]parametern]
Parameters
/EXTEND_SIZE:value
/FILE :filespec
/SCAN -RATE:value
/STATISTICS_SCAN :value
/TASK:yes/no

Changes the value of parameters specified when Resource Accounting
was started with the START/ACCOUNTING command or previously
modified with a SET command. Separate the optional parameters
with slashes. Default values for the parameters are determined
by the START/ACCOUNTING command or by previous SET
ACCOUNTING commands.
STOP/ACCOUNTING reason
Reasons
CLEAN_UP
MAINTENANCE
REBOOT
SCHEDULED_SHUTDOWN

266

Resource Accounting

SHUTUP
OTHER
Performs the shutdown procedure for Resource Accounting.
SHOW ACCOUNTING/INFORMATION [parameter]
Parameters
ttnn:
CO:

SYS
TASK=taskname

Displays accounting information. Nonprivileged users can display
only their own accounting data. Privileged users can display any
accounting data.
SHOW ACCOUNTING/TRANSACTION_FILE [:Inputfllespec]
outputfllespec

Displays the transaction file on a terminal or writes it to another file.
SHOW ACCOUNTING/DATATRIEVE [:transfllespec] outfllespec

Converts a transaction to a file that is readable by DATATRIEVE-ll.
You can then write your own Resource Accounting report generator
by using DATATRIEVE-ll.

267

I/O EXERCISER
The I/O Exerciser (lOX) detects I/O problems on the disk and tape units
in your hardware configuration.
ABORT

ABORT [/ ALL] [taskname]

Terminates execution of an I/O exercise. Specify ABORT,
ABORT / ALL, or ABORT taskname; these commands are mutually
exclusive.
BADBLOCKS

BADBLOCKS ddnn:blocknumber 1
[, blocknumber2][, ... ]

Enters bad blocks into the bad blocks list and omits them from testing.
BADBLOCKS

BADBLOCKS ddnn:beg:num

Enters a range of bad blocks into the bad blocks list and omits them
from testing.
BUFFERSIZE

BU[FFERSIZE] bufferslze

Sets the amount of data that lOX transfers for every read or write
request when testing non-file-structured disks, magnetic tapes, and
cassettes.
COMPAREDATA

COMPAREDATA YES/NO

Enables or disables checking of the data pattern.
CONFIGURE

CONFIGURE [ddnn:[=type]]

Adds devices to, or displays devices in, your current test configuration.
CONTROLC

CONTROLC YES/NO

Enables or disables the use of CTRL/C for interrupting an I/O
exercise.
DENSITY

DENSITY ddnn: [n]

Sets the density and characteristic word of the specified magnetic tape
or displays the current density and characteristic word for the specified
magnetic tape unit.

268

I/O Exerciser

DESELECT

DESELECT ddnn:

Deselects a device from the list of devices to be tested.
ERRORLIMIT

ERRORLIMIT n

Sets the maximum number of errors that lOX tolerates between
interval reports before terminating testing on a device.
EXECUTE

EXECUTE taskname commandstrlng

Directs a command line to the operating system for execution.
EXIT

EXIT

Terminates lOX processing and exits from lOX.
FILES 11

FILES 11 ddnn: [command=quallfler] ...

Commands

COMPAREDATA
ERRORLIMIT
INTERLEAVE
RANDOM
TEMPORARYFILE

Selects a device with a mounted Files-II volume for an I/O exercise
that preserves the contents and structure of the volume.
HELP

HELP

Displays a summary of lOX commands at your terminal.
INTERLEAVE

INTERLEAVE number

Sets the number of blocks to be skipped before lOX writes the next
buffer of data for disk testing (applies only to sequential testing, which
you determine with the RANDOM command).
LOGFILE

LOGFILE YES/NO

Determines whether lOX directs activity and error reports to your
terminal or to a log file.

269

I/O Exerciser

PARAMETERLIST

Displays current default parameters, lOX buffer space statistics, and
device-dependent parameters for devices you have selected for testing.
PATTERN

PATTERN [patternnumber]

Sets or displays the pattern that lOX writes and reads during an
exercise.
PRINTSUMMARY

PRINTSUMMARY

Displays summary reports that summarize lOX activity between the
last interval report and the time you enter the command.
PROCEED

PROCEED

Exits Interactive Mode, enters Execution Mode, and checks for lOX
. activity.
RANDOM

RANDOM option

Directs lOX to select either random or sequential blocks for disk
testing.
RANGE

RANGE ddnn: [mlnlmum:maxlmum]

Sets or displays the minimum and maximum block numbers for
non-file-structured testing on the specified disk.
RECORDS

RECORDS recordcount

Specifies the number of records to be exercised on magnetic tapes and
cassettes.
REPORTERRORS

REPORTERRORS YES/NO

Enables or disables error reports.
RESTART

RESTART

Reinvokes lOX without exiting to the operating system.
RETRIES

RETRIES YES/NO

Determines (for magnetic tapes and non-file-structured disks) whether
an I/O driver repeats an I/O operation after the driver receives errors
during the operation.

270

I/O [xerciser
RUNTIME

RUNTIME minutes

Sets the length of time (in minutes) that lOX exercises the unit or units
you have selected for testing.
SELECT

SELECT dduu: [command=quallfler] ...

Commands
BADBLOCKS
BUFFERSIZE
COMPAREDATA
DENSITY
ERRORLIMIT
INTERLEAVE
LOOPBACK
RANDOM
RANGE
RECORDS
RETRIES
VOLUMECHECK
WRITECHECK

Selects a unit with a mounted non-file-structured scratch volume for
an I/O exercise that destroys the contents of the volume.
SPY [ddnn:]

Spy

Displays status information on devices being tested.
START

START

Starts exercising units that you have selected for testing.
SUMMARYTIME

SUMMARYTIME minutes

Determines how often (in minutes) lOX will output interval reports.
TEMPORARYFILE

TEMPORARYFILE flleslze

Sets the size of the temporary file that lOX uses for testing Files-II
disks with the FILESII command.
VERIFY

VERIFY ddnn: [command=quallfler] ...

Commands
BUFFERSIZE
ERRORLIMIT
INTERLEAVE

271

I/O Exerciser

RANDOM
RANGE
RETRIES

Selects a mounted disk for a non-file-structured exercise that reads
buffers of data without writing on the volume or performing data
comparisons. The contents of the volume are preserved.
VOLUMECHECK

VOLUMECHECK YES/NO

Enables or disables checking of disks, which are mounted as non-filestructured volumes, for a home block and Files-11 structure.
WAIT

WAIT YES/NO

Determines whether or not lOX waits for an event flag while an
exercise is in progress.
WRITECHECK

WRITECHECK YES/NO

Determines whether or not I/O drivers check write requests to nonfile-structured disks.

272

SHADOW RECORDING
Shadow Recording (SHA) backs up all new data as it is written to a Files11 disk. It creates two identical sets of disks called a shadowed pair. You
can shadow more than one pair of disks, but shadowed disk pairs cannot
overlap.
SHADOW

SHA command parameterllst

Commands
ABORT ddnn:
CONTINUE ddnn: TO ddxx:
DISPLAY
START ddnn: TO ddxx:
STOP ddnn:

The SHADOW (SHA) command invokes the Shadow Recording
control task. The parameter ddnn: specifies the primary volume, and
ddxx: specifies the secondary volume (which must be mounted as
foreign).

273

QUEUE MANAGER
The commands listed in Table 3 set up the Queue Manager (QMG)
subsystem.
Table 3: Queue Manager Command Summary
DCL Command

MCR Command

INITIALIZE

QUE

Function

/QUEUE

/CR

Creates, names, and
initializes a queue.

/PROCESSOR

/SP

Creates, names, and
initializes a processor
(print or batch) or
despooler.

/QUEUE

/DEL:Q

Deletes a queue by
name.

/PROCESSOR

/UNSP

Deletes a processor or
despooler by name.
Sets a device
unspooled.

/AS:

Establishes a path from
a queue to a processor.

/QUEUE

/DEA

Eliminates the path
from a queue to a
processor.

/ABORT

/KIL

Deletes an active job on
a processor.

/PROCESSOR

/STO

Stops a processor.

DELETE

ASSIGN
/QUEUE
DEASSIGN

STOP

(continued on next page)

274

Queue Manager

Table 3 (Cont.):

Queue Manager Command Summary

DCl Command

MCR Command

Function

/QUEUE

/STO:QUE

Stops queues.

/QUEUE
/MANAGER

/STO:QMG

Stops QMG and deletes
all processors.

/QUEUE

/STA:QUE

Starts a queue.

/PROCESSOR

/STA

Starts a processor or
despooler.

/QUEUE
/MANAGER

/STA:QMG

Starts QMG and
initializes default
queues. Creates
the queue file
LBO:[1,7]QUEUE.SYS.
Clears all queue
assignments.

START

275

CONSOLE LOGGING
The commands listed in Table 4 control Console Logging.
Table 4:

276

Summary of Console Logging Commands

Command

Description

SET jCOLOG

Displays the current console
terminal and log file
assignments.

SET jCOLOG=ON

Starts Console Logging.

SET jCOLOG=OFF

Stops Console Logging.

SET jCOLOGjCOT[ERM][=ttnn:]

Enables the console terminal or
changes the console terminal
assignment.

SET jCOLOGjNOC[OTERM]

Disables the console terminal.

SET jCOLOGjLOG[FILE][=[filespec]]

Enables the console log file or
changes the log file assignment.

SET jCOLOGjNOLOGFILE

Disables the log file.

SYSTEM USER FILE DIRECTORIES
Table 5 lists directories that are used by the system.

Table 5: System User File Directories
UFD

Usage

[1,1]

System and macro object module libraries

[1,2]

System message and help files

[1,3]

Lost files found by the File Structure Verification Utility
(VFY)

[1,4]

Postmortem and snapshot dumps

[1,6]

Error Logging and Resource Accounting files

[1,7]

Spooling queue file and transparent listing file

[I,ll]

Work space for system maintenance

[1,24]

Object module libraries, task-build command files for
mapped tasks, and overlay descriptor files for privileged
tasks

[1,34]

Executive and task map files

[1,54]

Executive and system tasks

[200,1 ]

Sample files for system introduction

[200,2]

Field service files

277

RMS-ll

RMSBCK UTILITY SUMMARY
The RMS-ll File Back-Up Utility (RMSBCK) transfers the contents of an
RMS-ll file to another file, on another device, to maintain the file should
the original file be lost or damaged.
The command line for the RMSBCK utility is as follows:
outfile[jswitch ... ]=infile[jswitch ... ][,infile[jswitch ...]...]
Type HELP or a question mark (?) for a help message. See the
RSX-IIM/M-PLUS RMS-ll Utilities manual for more information.
The RMSBCK switches are as follows:
Global Switches

liD

Identifies the current version. Default: Provides no identification.
I[NO]QU

Enables or disables query mode. Default: Enables query mode.
15L[ :flle-spec]

Provides summary listing to terminal or in file, if specified. Default:
Provides no summary.
Output File Switches
INV

Creates a new version of the disk output file if a file currently exists
with the same version number as the input file (the default).
IRA

Performs read-after-write data integrity checking. Default: Does no
read-after-write checking.

IRe
Performs check-after-writing data integrity checking. Default: Does
no check-after-writing.

281

RMSBCK Utility Summary

/RW

Rewinds magnetic tape before writing. Default: Does not rewind
magnetic tape.

/SU
Supersedes existing file. Default: Does not supersede file.
Input File Switches
/CD:dd-mmm-yy[:v]

Backs up files based on creation date: specify v as A to back up all
files created after the date specified or as B to back up all files created
before the date specified. If v is not specified, all files created on the
date specified will be backed up. Default: Performs no date checking.
/RD:dd-mmm-yy[ :v]

Backs up files based on revision date: specify v as A to back up all
files revised after the date specified or as B to back up all files revised
before the date specified. If v is not specified, all files revised on the
date specified will be backed up. Default: Performs no date checking.

282

RMSCNV UTILITY SUMMARY
The RMS-11 File Conversion Utility (RMSCNV) reads records from an
RMS-11 file of any organization and loads them into another RMS-11 file
of any organization.
The command line for the RMSCNV utility is as follows:
[outfile[jswitch ... ]=]infile[jswitch... ]
Type HELP or a question mark (?) for a help message. See the
RSX-IIMjM-PLUS RMS-ll Utilities manual for more information.
The RMSCNV switches are as follows:
Global Switches

lAP
Appends records to an existing sequential file. Default: Does not
append.
IBL:[n]

Sets magnetic tape block size. Default: Uses 512 bytes.
ICA:[fllespec]

Creates an output file with the attributes of the existing input file.
Default: Output file must exist or RMSCNV creates a sequential file.
lEO

Converts CTRLjZ end-of-file (EOF) character in an ASCII stream
file to null and pads the file with nulls to the physical EOF. Default:
Assumes null-filled stream file.
IER[ :fllespec]

Continues processing when RMSCNV encounters an exception record
in the input file that cannot be written to the output file. If you specify
a file, RMSCNV writes the exception records to that file. If you do
not specify a file, by default the primary key of each exception record
will be issued to the terminal. Default, if you do not specify JER,
RMSCNV will stop processing upon encountering the first exception
record and will issue an error message indicating the type of exception
record.

283

RMSCNV Utility Summary

IFO:x

Sets output file organization, where x is S, R, or I. Default: Uses
sequential (S ) organization.
lID

Identifies the current version. Default: Provides no identification.
11M

Processes files in block mode. Default: Uses standard RMS-ll access
modes.
IKN:["]keyname["]

Reads an indexed file by using the key of reference specified by
keyname. Default: Reads file using primary key.
IKR:n

Reads an indexed file by using the key of reference specified by n.
Default: Reads file by using primary key (0).
IlO

Honors bucket fill size when filling buckets in an indexed file. Default:
Fills buckets to capacity.
IMA

Uses mass-insertion mode and sequential PUT operations. Default:
No mass insertion; uses random PUT operations.
IMl:n

Explicitly sets limit of buffer allocation. Default: RMSCNV calculates
the amount of memory available for allocation.
IPO[:[#]["]x["]]

Pads input records to output record length, if necessary. Default:
Does not pad records.
ISL[ :fllespec]

Provides summary listing to terminal or in file, if specified. Default:
Does not provide summary.

284

RMSCNV Utility Summary

/SU
Supersedes existing sequential file. Default: Does not supersede
existing file.

/TR
Truncates input records to output record length, if necessary. Default:
Does not truncate records.

/WF
Writes or reads fixed-control area. Default: Ignores fixed-control area.

285

RMSDES UTILITY SUMMARY
The RMS-ll File Design Utility (RMSDES) allows you to design and create
sequential, relative, and indexed files.
The command line for the RMSDES utility is as follows:
DES filename[. typ] [kind]
See the RSX-IIM/M-PLUS RMS-l1 Utilities manual for more information.
The following sections list the RMSDES attribute settings and commands.
Attribute Settings
Section
Keyword

Attribute Keyword
and Variable

System

TARGET l argument
Argument must be one of
the following:
RSX
RSTS

File

Default

User's system

SOURCE l ?

User's system

FILE PLACEMENT 1 logical

NAME string

FILE.DAT

ORGANIZATION argument
Argument must be one of
the following:
SEQUENTIAL
RELATIVE
INDEXED

SEQUENTJAL

EXTENSION number

o blocks
o blocks
o blocks

BUCKET_SIZE number

1 block

CLUSTER_SIZE number
ALLOCATION number

1 Informational attribute

2Cannot be set by user: automatically notes the user's source system

286

RMSDES Utility Summary

Section
Keyword

Record

Attribute Keyword
and Variable

Default

PROTECTION string

System protection

OWNER string

User's User Identification
Code (UIC)

MAGTAPE_BLOCK_SIZE
number

512 bytes

MAGTAPE-REWIND logical

MAX-RECORD-NUMBER
number

o records

CONTIGUOUS logical

SUPERSEDE logical

SIZE number

o bytes

FORMAT argument
Argument must be one of
the following:
VARIABLE
STREAM
FIXED
VFC

Record

VARIABLE

CONTROL -FIELD_SIZE
number

2 bytes

BLOCK_SPAN logical

YES

CARRIAGE_CONTROL
argument
Argument must be one of
the following:
CARRIAGE -RETURN
FORTRAN
PRINT
NONE
Key n 3

NAME string

CARRIAGE-RETURN

No name

3you must specify a number (n) for each key, key segment, or area that you define.

287

RMSDES Utility Summary

Section
Keyword

Attribute Keyword
and Variable

Default

TYPE argument
Argument must be one of
the following:
STRING
BIN2
BIN4
INT2
INT4
DECIMAL
NULL -KEY logical

STRING

NULL _VALUE argument
Argument must be one of
the following:
An ASCII character
A decimal number
DUPLICATES logical

(Space)
NO (primary key)
YES (alternate key)

Key n 3

Area n 3

SEGnJOSITION3 number

Byte 0

SEGn_LENGTH3 number

o bytes

CHANGES logical

YES (alternate key)

DATA JILL number

100

DATA-AREA number

Area 0

INDEX JILL number

100

LEVELI-INDEX -AREA number

Area 0

INDEX-AREA number

Area 0

ALLOCATION number
EXTENSION number

o blocks
o blocks

BUCKET_SIZE number

1 block

3you must specify a number (n) for each key, key segment, or area that you define.

288

RMSDES Utility Summary

Section
Keyword

Attribute Keyword
and Variable

Default

CONTIGUOUS logical

POSITION argument
Argument must be one of
the following:
NONE
VIRTUAL number
LOGICAL number

NONE

EXACTJOSITIONING logical

Commands
CLEAR ALL

Restores all attribute values in all sections to their default values.
CLEAR section ALL

Restores all attribute values in the specified section to their default
values.
CLEAR section attribute

Restores the specified attribute value in the specified section to its
default value.
CREATE [fllename[.typ]]

Creates an empty data file that has the attribute values specified in
the design buffer. For indexed files in which areas are not defined,
RMSDES prompts for whether areas are to be defined by default.
If you do not specify a file name and file type, the file will have those
specified in the design buffer. If you did not specify a file name and a

file type in the design buffer, the file will be created as FILE.DAT.

< CTRL/Z>
Terminates RMSDES without saving the design or creating an empty
data file.

289

RMSDES Utility Summary

< ESC>
In response to any prompt, returns the RMSDES utility prompt and
preserves all attribute values in the design buffer.
EXIT fllename[. typ ]

Stores the file design in the description file specified in the command
line and terminates RMSDES. The default file type is DES. To
supersede an existing description file, use the EXIT_SUPERSEDE
command.
EXIT_SUPERSEDE fllename[.typ]

Stores the file design in the description file specified in the command
line, superseding any existing file by the same name, and terminates
RMSDES. The default file type is DES.
GET fllename[.typ][klnd]

Reads the file design specified in a description file and sets the
appropriate attribute values in the design buffer. Reads the attribute
values of a data file and sets the appropriate attribute values in the
design buffer. The default file type is DES. If the file is a data file, the
kind (OAT) of file must be specified.
HELP

Lists all available help topics and gives instructions for displaying the
text.
HELP command

Displays help text for the specified command.
HELP COMMANDS

Lists all valid commands.
HELP SECTIONS

Lists all available help topics for all sections and gives instructions for
displaying the text.

290

RMSDES Utility Summary

HELP section

Displays help text for the specified section and lists all available help
topics for all attributes in the specified section.
HELP section attribute

Displays help text for the specified attribute in the specified section.
?

Displays help text for the section, attribute, or value for which you
are being prompted. Note also that you can type a question mark (?)
instead of HELP for any form of the HELP command.
QUIT

Terminates RMSDES, without storing the design or creating an empty
data file.
SAVE ftlename[. typ]

Stores the file design in the description file specified in the command
line. The default file type is DES. To supersede an existing description
file, use the SAVB command.
SAVE_SUPERSEDE ftlename[. typ]

Stores the file design in the description file specified in the command
line, superseding any existing file by the same name. The default file
type is DES.
SET ALL

Prompts for setting all attribute values in all sections. For indexed files
in which areas are not defined, prompts for whether areas are to be
defined by default.
SET section ALL

Prompts for setting all attribute values in the specified section.
SET section attribute value

Sets the specified attribute value in the specified section.

291

RMSDES Utility Summary

SHOW ALL

Displays all attribute values in all sections.
SHOW section ALL

Displays all attribute values in the specified section.
SHOW section attribute

Displays the specified attribute value in the specified section.
SHOW 10

Identifies the current level and patch version of RMSDES.

292

RMSDSP UTILITY SUMMARY
The RMS-ll File Display Utility (RMSDSP) produces a concise description
of any RMS-ll file, including back-up files.
The command line for the RMSDSP utility is as follows:
[outfile=)infile[/switch ... ][,infile[jswitch ... ]... ]
Type HELP or a question mark (?) for a help message. See the
RSX-IIMjM-PLUS RMS-ll Utilities manual for more information.
The RMSDSP switches are as follows:
Global Switches

/BP
Lists contents of back-up files. Default: Provides basic display only.

/BR
Provides a brief display of attributes. Default: Provides basic display
of indexed-file and container-file attributes and characteristics.

/FU
Provides detailed display for indexed files or back-up files. Default:
Provides basic display only.
/10

Identifies the current version. Default: Provides no identification.

/5U
Supersedes the existing output file with the same name and version
number of the specified output file. Default: Does not supersede an
existing file.

293

RMSIFL UTILITY SUMMARY
The RMS-ll Indexed File Load Utility (RMSIFL) reads records from an
RMS-ll file of any oiganization and loads them into an indexed file.
The command line for the RMSIFL utility is as follows:
outfile[/ switch ... ]=infile[/switch ... ]
Type HELP or a question mark (?) for a help message. See the
RSX-IIM/M-PLUS RMS-ll Utilities manual for more information. The
RMSIFL switches are as follows:
Global Switch
/10

Identifies the current version. Default: Provides no identification.
Output File SWitches
/ER[ :fllespec]

Writes primary keys of exception records to terminal if no file is
specified or writes exception records to the specified file. Default:
Writes primary keys of exception records to terminal.
/NOER[:S]

Stops processing if input record is incompatible. Default: Writes
primary keys of exception records to terminal.
/LO

Honors bucket fill size. Default: Fills buckets to capacity.
/PO[:[#]x]

Pads input records to output record length. Default: Handles input
records as exception records if different lengths.

fTR
Truncates input records to output record length. Default: Handles
input records as exception records if different lengths.

294

RMSIFL Utility Summary

Input File Switches
/DE:dvn 1:[dvn2: ... dvn5:]

Reassigns devices for sort work files. Default: Creates and uses sort
work files on SY:.
/KR:n

Uses key of reference number. Default: Uses primary key (0).
/NOSO

Does not sort records before loading. Default: Sorts records in input
file before loading.

295

RMSRST UTILITY SUMMARY
The RMS-ll File Restoration Utility (RMSRST) restores files that were
backed up using RMSBCK and produces standard RMS-ll files as output,
so your programs can access them.
The command line for the RMSRST utility is as follows:
outfile[! switch ... ]=infile[! switch ... ][,infile[/swi tch ... ]... ]
Type HELP or a question mark (?) for a help message. See the
RSX-llM/M-PLUS RMS-ll Utilities manual for more information. The
RMSRST switches are as follows:
Global Switches
liD

Identifies the current version. Default: Provides no identification.
I[NO]CV

Enables or disables file version number conversion. Default: For
RMSBCK Version 2.0 or later, conversion is enabled and /NOCV
will disable it. For RMSBCK tapes prior to Version 2.0, conversion is
disabled and ICV will enable it.
I[NO]QU

Enables or disables query mode. Default: Enables query mode.
ISL[ :fllespec]
Provides summary listing to terminal or in file, if specified. Default:
Provides no summary.
Output File Switches

IFR
Changes protection code. Default: Uses original protection.
INV

Creates the next higher version number of the file if the expanded
input file has the same version number as an existing output file (the
default).

296

RMSRST Utility Summary

IRA

Performs read-after-writing data integrity checking. Default: Performs
no read-after-writing checking.

IRe
Performs check-after-writing data integrity checking. Default:
Performs no check-after-writing checking.

ISU
Supersedes existing files. Default: Does not supersede existing files.
Input File Switches
IBD:dd-mmm-yy
Restores disk files based on back-up date. Default: Performs no date
checking.
IOA:[ulc]

Restores files based on original account (UIC). Note that in this case,
the square brackets are required syntax. Default: Applies no account
criterion.
ISE:fllespec or ISE:(fllespec 1. fllespec2[, .... fllespec 10])

Restores specified files from container file. Default: Restores all files
on container file.

297

RMS-l 1 COMPLETION CODES AND FATAL ERROR
CODES
The following sections list completions that are returned in the STS and
STY fields of file access blocks (FABs) and record access blocks (RABs),
and fatal error completions.
For more information on these codes, see Appendix A of the

RSX-llM/M-PLUS RMS-ll Macro Programmer's Guide.
Completion Codes
SU$SUC Operation succeeded

Octal:
Decimal:

000001
1

SU$DUP Inserted record has duplicate key

Octal:
Decimal:

000002
2

Error updating index

Octal:
Decimal:

000003
3

ER$ACC File access error

Octal:
Decimal:

177740
-32

ER$ACT Activity precludes operation

Octal:
Decimal:

177720
-48

Bad value in AID field

Octal:
Decimal:

177700
-64

ER$ALN Bad mask in ALN field

Octal:
Decimal:

177660
-80

ER$ALQ Bad value in ALQ field

Octal:
Decimal:

177640
-96

ER$ANI

Octal:
Decimal:

177620
-112

Octal:
Decimal:

177600

Octal:
Decimal:

177540
-160

SU$IDX

ER$AID

Bad ANSI-format magnetic
tape file

ER$AOP Bad mask in AOP field
ER$ATR

298

Error reading attribute

-128

RMS- 11 Completion Codes and Fatal Error Codes

ER$ATW Error writing attributes

Octal:
Decimal:

177520
-176

ER$BKS

Bad value in BKS field

Octal:
Decimal:

177500
-192

E$BKZ

Bad value in BKZ field

Octal:
Decimal:

177460
-208

ER$BOF

Beginning-of-file found

Octal:
Decimal:

177430
-232

ER$BPA

Bad address in BP A field

Octal:
Decimal:

177420
-240

ER$BPS

Bad value in BPS field

Octal:
Decimal:

177400
-256

ER$CCR RAB already in use

Octal:
Decimal:

177340
-288

ER$CHG Illegal record key change

Octal:
Decimal:

177320
-304

ER$CHK Bad bucket header

Octal:
Decimal:

177300
-320

File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

177260
-336

Octal:
Decimal:

177240
-352

Octal:
Decimal:

177220
-368

ER$CUR Undefined current-record context

Octal:
Decimal:

177200
-384

ER$DAN Bad value in DAN field

Octal:
Decimal:

177140
-416

ER$DEL

Octal:
Decimal:

177120
-432

Octal:
Decimal:

177100
-448

ER$CLS

ER$COD Bad code in COD field
ER$CRE

File processor error

Record having RFA deleted

ER$DEV Bad device specification

299

RMS-11 Completion Codes and Fatal Error Codes

300

ER$DFW File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

177070
-456

ER$DIR

Octal:
Decimal:

177060
-464

ER$DME Pool exhausted

Octal:
Decimal:

177040
-480

ER$DNA Bad address in DNA field

Octal:
Decimal:

177030
-488

ER$DNF No such directory

Octal:
Decimal:

177020
-496

ER$DNR Device not ready

Octal:
Decimal:

177000
-512

ER$DPE Device positioning error

Octal:
Decimal:

176770
-520

ER$DTP Bad code in DTP field

Octal:
Decimal:

176760
-528

ER$DUP Duplicate key not allowed

Octal:
Decimal:

176740
-544

ER$ENT File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

176720
-560

ER$ENV Feature not in selected RMS-11
environment

Octal:
Decimal:

176700
-576

ER$EOF End-of-file reached

Octal:
Decimal:

176660
-592

ER$ESA

Bad address in ESA field

Octal:
Decimal:

176650
-600

ER$ESL

Bad value in ESL field

Octal:
Decimal:

176644
-604

ER$ESS

ESS field value too small

Octal:
Decimal:

176640
-608

ER$EXP

File expiration date not yet reached

Octal:
Decimal:

176630
-616

Bad directory specification

RMS-ll Completion Codes and Fatal Error Codes

ER$EXT

File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

176620
-624

ER$FAC

FAC field forbids operation

Octal:
Decimal:

176560
-656

ER$FAL

Operation not supported by remote
node

Octal:
Decimal:

176550
-664

ER$FEX

File already exists

Octal:
Decimal:

176540
-672

ER$FID

Bad value in FID field

Octal:
Decimal:

177530
-680

ER$FLC

Bad mask in FLC field

Octal:
Decimal:

176520
-688

ER$FLK

File locked by another task

Octal:
Decimal:

176500
-704

ER$FNA Bad address in FN A field

Octal:
Decimal:

176470
-712

ER$FND File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

176460
-720

File not found

Octal:
Decimal:

176440
-736

ER$FNM Bad file name

Octal:
Decimal:

176420
-752

ER$FNF

ER$FOP

Bad mask in FOP field

Octal:
Decimal:

176400
-768

ER$FUL

Device or file full

Octal:
Decimal:

176360
-784

ER$IAN

Bad value in IAN field

Octal:
Decimal:

176340
-800

ER$IDX

Index not initialized

Octal:
Decimal:

176320
-816

ER$IFI

Bad value in IFI field

Octal:
Decimal:

176300
-832

301

RMS-11 Completion Codes and Fatal Error Codes

302

ER$IMX

Too many extended attribute
blocks (XABs) of same type

Octal:
Decimal:

176260
-848

ER$IOP

Illegal operation for file

Octal:
Decimal:

176220
-880

ER$IRC

Illegal record found in sequential file

Octal:
Decimal:

176200
-896

ER$ISI

Bad value in lSI field

Octal:
Decimal:

176160
-912

ER$KBF

Bad address in KBF field

Octal:
Decimal:

176140
-928

ER$KEY

Bad key

Octal:
Decimal:

176120
-944

ER$KRF

Bad value in KRF field

Octal:
Decimal:

176100
-960

ER$KSZ

Bad value in KSZ field

Octal:
Decimal:

176060
-976

ER$LAN Bad value in LAN field

Octal:
Decimal:

176040
-992

ER$LBL

Bad magnetic tape label

Octal:
Decimal:

176020
-1008

ER$LBY

Logical channel busy

Octal:
Decimal:

176000
-1024

ER$LCH Bad value in LCH field

Octal:
Decimal:

175760
-1040

ER$LEX

Extension not needed

Octal:
Decimal:

175750
-1048

ER$LOC Bad value in LaC field

Octal:
Decimal:

175740
-1056

ER$MEM Memory address rollover

Octal:
Decimai:

175710
-i080

ER$MKD File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

175700
-1088

RMS- 11 Completion Codes and Fatal Error Codes

ER$MRN Bad value in MRN field or bad record
number

Octal:
Decimal:

175660
-1104

ER$MRS Bad value in MRS field

Octal:
Decimal:

175640
-1120

ER$NAE Unmappable network access error

Octal:
Decimal:

175630
-1128

ER$NAM Bad address in NAM field

Octal:
Decimal:

175620
-1136

Octal:
Decimal:

175600
-1152

ER$NET Network link lost

Octal:
Decimal:

175570
-1160

ER$NMF No more matching files

Octal:
Decimal:

175554
-1172

ER$NOD Bad node name

Octal:
Decimal:

175550
-1176

ER$NPK No primary key for indexed file

Octal:
Decimal:

175540
-1184

ER$ORD Ordering of XABs illegal

Octal:
Decimal:

175500
-1216

ER$ORG Bad mask in aRC field

Octal:
Decimal:

175460
-1232

ER$PLG Error reading file prologue

Octal:
Decimal:

175440
-1248

ER$PLV

Octal:
Decimal:

175430
-1256

ER$POS Bad value in pas field

Octal:
Decimal:

175420
-1264

ER$PRM Bad file date read

Octal:
Decimal:

175400
-1280

ER$PRV Privilege violation

Octal:
Decimal:

175360
-1296

ER$NEF

Context not end-of-file (EOF)

File prologue version level unsupported

303

RMS- 11 Completion Codes and Fatal Error Codes

304

ER$RAC Bad mask in RAC field

Octal:
Decimal:

175320
-1328

ER$RAT

Bad mask in RAT field

Octal:
Decimal:

175300
-1344

ER$RBF

Bad address in RBF field

Octal:
Decimal:

175260
-1360

ER$RER

File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

175240
-1376

ER$REX

Record already exists

Octal:
Decimal:

175220
-1392

ER$RFA

Bad value in RFA field

Octal:
Decimal:

175200
-1408

ER$RFM Bad code in RFM field

Octal:
Decimal:

175160
-1424

ER$RLK

Octal:
Decimal:

175140
-1440

ER$RMV File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

175120
-1456

ER$RNF No such record

Octal:
Decimal:

175100
-1472

ER$RNL Record not locked

Octal:
Decimal:

175060
-1488

ER$ROP Bad mask in Rap field

Octal:
Decimal:

175040
-1504

ER$RPL

File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

175020
-1520

ER$RRV Bad internal pointer

Octal:
Decimal:

175000
-1536

ER$RSL Bad value in RSL field

Octal:
Decimal:

174754
-1556

ER$RSS

Octal:
Decimal:

174750
-1560

Record locked

Bad value in RSS field

RMS-ll Completion Codes and Fatal Error Codes

ER$RST

Bad address in RSA field

Octal:
Decimal:

174744
-1564

ER$RSZ

Bad value in RSZ field

Octal:
Decimal:

174740
-1568

ER$RTB

Record too big for user buffer

Octal:
Decimal:

174720
-1584

ER$RVU Internal pointer corrupted

Octal:
Decimal:

174710
-1592

ER$SEQ

Octal:
Decimal:

174700
-1600

ER$SHR Bad mask in SHR field

Octal:
Decimal:

174660
-1616

ER$SIZ

Bad value in SIZ field

Octal:
Decimal:

174640
-1632

ER$SUP

Operation not supported over network

Octal:
Decimal:

174610
-1656

ER$SYS

System error

Octal:
Decimal:

174600
-1664

ER$TRE

Index error

Octal:
Decimal:

174560
-1680

ER$TYP

Bad file extension

Octal:
Decimal:

174540
-1696

ER$UBF

Bad address in UBF field

Octal:
Decimal:

174520
-1712

ER$UIN

Field value rejected by file
access listener (FAL)

Octal:
Decimal:

174510
-1720

ER$USZ

Bad value in USZ field

Octal:
Decimal:

174500
-1728

ER$VER

Bad file version number

Octal:
Decimal:

174460
-1744

ER$WCD Illegal wildcard in merged string

Octal:
Decimal:

174430
-1768

Sequential insertion records not in
order

305

RMS- 11 Completion Codes and Fatal Error Codes

ER$WER File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

174420
-1776

ER$WLK Device write-locked

Octal:
Decimal:

174410
-1784

ER$WPL File processor error

Octal:
Decimal:

174400
-1792

ER$XAB

Bad address in XAB field

Octal:
Decimal:

174360
-1808

ER$XTR

Extraneous data in file specification

Octal:
Decimal:

174340
-1824

Octal:
Decimal:

177720
-48

Octal:
Decimal:

177560
-144

ER$BUG Error in RMS-11 internal data

Octal:
Decimal:

177360
-272

ER$CPB

Bad parameter block

Octal:
Decimal:

177230
-360

ER$FAB

Bad file access block (FAB)

Octal:
Decimal:

176600
-640

ER$LIB

Resident library not available

Octal:
Decimal:

175744
-1052

ER$MAP Error in internal buffer mapping data

Octal:
Decimal:

175720
-1072

ER$RAB Bad record access block (RAB)

Octal:
Decimal:

175340
-1312

Fatal Error Codes
ER$ACT Illegal concurrent operation
ER$AST

306

Illegal operation at asynchronous
system trap (AST) level

Reference Information

ASCII CHARACTER SET
Octal
Code

Character

Octal
Code

Character

Octal
Code

Character

Octal
Code

000

NUL

040

100

140

001

SOH

041

101

141

002

STX

042

102

142

003

ETX

043

103

143

004

EOT

044

104

144

005

ENQ

045

105

145

006

ACK

046

106

146

007

BEL

047

107

147

010

050

110

150

011

051

111

151

012

052

112

152

013

053

113

153

014

054

114

154

015

055

115

155

016

056

116

156

017

057

117

157

020

DLE

060

120

160

021

DC1

061

121

161

022

DC2

062

122

162

023

DC3

063

123

163

024

DC4

064

124

164

025

NAK

065

125

165

026

SYN

066

126

166

027

ETB

067

127

167

Character

309

ASCII Character Set

Octal
Code

Character

Octal
Code

Character

Octal
Code

Character

Octal
Code

Character

030

CAN

070

130

170

031

EM
SUB
ESC
FS
GS
RS
US

071

131

171

072

132

172

073

133

173

{

032
033
034
035
036
037

310

074

075

134

174

135

]

175

076

136

176

077

137

177

}

DEL

RADIX-50 CONVERSION TABLE
To convert 1 to 3 characters to their Radix-50, 6-digit octal equivalent,
add the appropriate octal codes from the following table, based on the
positions (that is, first, second, or third) of the characters in the string.

Character
Set

First
Character
Code

Second
Character
Code

Third
Character
Code

Space

000000

003100

000050

000001

006200

000120

000002

011300

000170

000003

014400

000240

000004

017500

000310

000005

022600

000360

000006

025700

000530

000007

031000

000500

000010

034100

000550

000011

037200

000620

000012

042300

000670

000013

045400

000740

000014

050500

001010

000015

053600

001060

000016

056700

001130

000017

062000

001200

000020

065100

001250

000021

070200

001320

000022

073300

001370

000023

311

Radix-50 Conversion Table

312

Character
Set

First
Character
Code

Second
Character
Code

Third
Character
Code

076400

001440

000024

101500

001510

000025

104600

001560

000026

107700

001630

000027

113000

001700

000030

116100

001750

000031

121200

002020

000032

124300

002070

000033

127400

002140

000034

Unused

132500

002210

000035

135600

002260

000036

140700

002330

000037

144000

002400

000040

147100

002450

000041

152200

002520

000042

153300

002570

000043

160400

002640

000044

163500

002710

000045

166600

002760

000046

171700

003030

000047

OCTAL/DECIMAL CONVERSION TABLE
Bits

Octal

Decimal

Octal to Decimal

100000
0
70000
60000
50000
40000
30000
20000
10000
0
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
7
6
5

32768
0
28672
24576
20480
16384
12288
8192
4096
0
3584
3072
2560
2048
1536
1024
512
0
488
384
320
256
192
128
64
0
56
48
40
32
24
16
8
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

For each position of the octal value, locate the octal digit
and its decimal equivalent in the conversion table. Add the
decimal equivalents to obtain the decimal value.

14
13
12

10
9

8
7
6

5
4
3

2
1
0

3
2
1
0

Example:

537028 = ?1O
n8 = nlO
50000
3000

20480
1536

700

448

0
2

537028

22466 10

Decimal to Octal
Locate in the conversion table the decimal value closest to but not exceeding the decimal value to be converted.
Record the octal equivalent. Subtract the table decimal
value from the decimal value to be converted. Repeat the
process until the subtraction balance equals O. Add the
octal equivalents to obtain the octal value.
Example:

22466 10
nlO

?8
n8

20480

50000

22466
-20480

1536

3000

1986
-1536

448

700

450
-448

2
-2

2246610

537028

313

STANDARD FILE TYPES
RSX-IIM-PLUS uses the standard 3-letter file types used by all Digitalsupplied software. These names indicate the actual contents of the
files. Although any combination of three letters can be used, Digital
recommends that the standard types be used whenever possible.
(Compilers and other system programs that refer to these file types look
for the standard name as a default. For example, if the command FOR
ADD=ADD is issued, the FORTRAN IV compiler looks for ADD.FTN; but
if the file is named ADD.FOR, the compiler reports that there is no such
file.)

314

Type

File Contents

BAS

A BASIC-II language source program

BLD

Indirect command files used as input to SYSGEN

B2S

A BASIC-PLUS-II language source program

CBL

A COBOL language source program

CDA

Crash dump binary file

CFS

Error logging control file string

CLB

Indirect Command Processor command library

CMD

MCR or task commands (an indirect command file)

CMF

Preprocessed indirect command file

CNF

An error logging language source file

CRF

Cross-reference processor symbol table file

COR

A Source Language Input Program (SLP) correction file

OAT

File containing data (as opposed to a program)

DIR

Directory file

DMP

File Dump Utiiity (DMP) output file

ERR

Error Logger output file

FTN

FORTRAN IV or FORTRAN-77 language source file

HLP

Help file

Standard File Types

Type

File Contents

ICF

An error logging intermediate form file output from Control File
Language (CFL) compiler

LOG

Batch or console log file

LST

A listing file

MAC

A MACRO-11 source program

MAP

A Task Builder (TKB) memory allocation map

MLB

A macro library

OBJ

An object program (output from either the MACRO-11 assembler
or a compiler)

ODL

A Task Builder (TKB) overlay descriptor

OLB

An object module library

PAT

Correction file used by assembler to create a patched object
module

PMD

Postmortem or snapshot dump file

POB

Patched object module used by the Object Module Patch Utility
(PAT)

SML

The System Macro Library

STB

Symbol table file

SYM

An error logging symbol file

SYS

A bootable system image or other system file

TMP

A temporary file

TSK

A task image file

TXT

A text file

ULB

A universal file library

315

NOTES

How to Order Additional Documentation

Technical Support
If you need help deciding which documentation best meets your needs, call 800-343-4040
before placing your electronic, telephone, or direct mail order.

Electronic Orders
To place an order at the Electronic Store, dial 800-DEC-DEMO (800-332-3366) using
a 1200- or 2400-baud modem. If you need assistance using the Electronic Store,
call 800-DIGITAL (800-344-4825).

Telephone and Direct Mail Orders
Your Location

Call

Contact

Continental USA,
Alaska, or Hawaii

800-DIGITAL

Digital Equipment Corporation
P.O. Box CS2008
Nashua, New Hampshire 03061

Puerto Rico

809-754-7575

Local DIGITAL subsidiary

Canada

800-267-6215

Digital Equipment of Canada
Attn: DECdirect Operations KA02/2
P.O. Box 13000
100 Herzberg Road
Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2K 2A6

International
Internal l

Local DIGITAL subsidiary or
approved distributor
SDC Order Processing - WMO/E15

or
Software Distribution Center
Digital Equipment Corporation
Westminster, Massachusetts 01473

lFor internal orders, you must submit an Internal Software Order Form (EN-01740-07).

Reader's Comments

RSX-11 M-PLUS
Mini-Reference
A V-H435F-TC

Please use this postage-paid form to comment on this manual. If you require a written reply
to a software problem and are eligible to receive one under Software Performance Report
(SPR) service, submit your comments on an SPR form.
Thank you for your assistance.

I rate this manual's:
Accuracy (software works as manual says)
Completeness (enough information)
Clarity (easy to understand)
Organization (structure of subject matter)
Figures (useful)
Examples (useful)
Index (ability to find topic)
Page layout (easy to find information)

Excellent

Good

Fair

Poor

0
0
0
0
0
0

o
o
o
o

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

o
o
o

I would like to see more/less
What I like best about this manual is
What I like least about this manual is

I found the following errors in this manual:
Page
Description

Additional comments or suggestions to improve this manual:

I am using Version _ _ _ of the software this manual describes.
Name/Title

Dept.

Company

Date

Mailing Address
Phone

-;:;:~;::d Here and Tape --------------lnT~-----------;~:~~;--~IIWIlU[;l1l

II I I II

i~:~:d

United States

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. 33 MAYNARD MASS.
POST AGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

DIGIT AL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
Corporate User Publications-Spit Brook
ZK01-3/J35
110 SPIT BROOK ROAD
NASHUA, NH 03062-9987

11111 ••• 11.1111 •• 1111 •• 1.11.1111.1111 •• 1.1 ••• 1.11111
Do Not Tear - Fold Here - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

I
I
I
I

Reader's Comments

RSX-11 M-PLUS
Mini- Reference
A V-H435F-TC

Excellent

Good

Fair

Poor

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

o
o
o
o

o
o

I would like to see more/less
What I like best about this manual is
What I like least about this manual is

I found the following errors in this manual:
Page
Description

Additional comments or suggestions to improve this manual:

I am using Version _ _ _ of the software this manual describes.
Name/Title

Dept.
Date

Company
Mailing Address
Phone

i
Do Not Tear - Fold He.... and Tape

~DmDDmD'"

--------------11----------------------111111

~7*~:· I

United States

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. 33 MAYNARD MASS.
POST AGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

DIGIT AL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
Corporate User Publications-Spit Brook
ZK01-3/J35
110 SPIT BROOK ROAD
NASHUA, NH 03062-9987

11111'1111.1111 •• 1111111.11.1111.1111111.1'111.11111
-

Do Not Tear· Fold Here - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

I
I
I
I